EP2575970A2 - Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a silicone compound - Google Patents

Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a silicone compound

Info

Publication number
EP2575970A2
EP2575970A2 EP11727529.7A EP11727529A EP2575970A2 EP 2575970 A2 EP2575970 A2 EP 2575970A2 EP 11727529 A EP11727529 A EP 11727529A EP 2575970 A2 EP2575970 A2 EP 2575970A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
composition
polymer
silicone
weight
cst
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP11727529.7A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Roberto Cavazzuti
Nathalie Geffroy
Claudia Barba
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
LOreal SA
Original Assignee
LOreal SA
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from FR1002231A external-priority patent/FR2960430B1/en
Priority claimed from FR1002232A external-priority patent/FR2960432B1/en
Application filed by LOreal SA filed Critical LOreal SA
Publication of EP2575970A2 publication Critical patent/EP2575970A2/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/84Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/89Polysiloxanes
    • A61K8/891Polysiloxanes saturated, e.g. dimethicone, phenyl trimethicone, C24-C28 methicone or stearyl dimethicone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/81Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/8105Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • A61K8/8111Homopolymers or copolymers of aliphatic olefines, e.g. polyethylene, polyisobutene; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q1/00Make-up preparations; Body powders; Preparations for removing make-up
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin

Definitions

  • Cosmetic composition based on a giipramo!ecniar polymer and 3 ⁇ 4 silicoae compound
  • the present invention relates to a process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising the application to tlie skin and/or the lips of a cosmetic composition and in particular a composition for raaking up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least one-supramolecular polymer and a silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
  • the present invention also relates to the compositions used according to this process.
  • compositions of this type include silicone resins, polyaerylates and latices.
  • Supramo!eeular polymers such as those described In documents EP 2 189 151. and FR 2 938 758 are, on the oilier hand, known to allow the production on the skin or the lips of a deposit that is both comfortable and endowed with improved remanence properties over time, in paiticui ar remanence of the colour of the deposit (no embrittlement or fragmentation of the deposit 5 which remains uniform).
  • the user has a sensation of "tackiness" during the application and drying on the skin or the lips of products incorporating these supramoiecular polymers.
  • deposits formed from a galenical formulation incorporating such a supramolecular polymer may have insufficient mechanical strength.
  • the inventors have found, unexpectedly, that it turns out to be possible to overcome this drawback provided that such supramolecular polymers are used in combination with at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
  • the aim of the present invention is to overcome these drawbacks and to propose a cosmetic composition that is capable, on the one hand, of affording good cosmetic properties such as good adhesion to the support (skin) and thus good remanence of the composition, where appropriate good sheen, and, on the other hand, of forming a non-tacky or sparingly tacky deposit that is particularly resistant to external attack by fatty substances (oil, meals or sebum) and also to friction, resulting in less wear of the deposit.
  • the invention relates to a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of a composition comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least 2,5% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition of at least one supramolecular polymer based on a functionalized polyalkene of formula HO-P-OH in.
  • P represents a homopolymer or a copolymer that may be obtained by polymerization of one or more linear, cyclic and/or branched polyunsaturated C2-C10 and preferably C2-C4 alken.es, which may be derived from the reaction, especially the condensation, of the said functionalized polyalkene polymer with at least one junction group functionalized with at least one reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive group(s) of the functionalized polyalkene polymer, the said junction group being capable of forming at least 3 H (hydrogen) bonds, preferably at least 4 H bonds, preferentially 4 H bonds, and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000-cSt at 25°C.
  • compositions especially makeup compositions, whose deposition on keratin materials, and in particular the lips and/or the skin, is uniform and/or sparingly tacky or non-tacky.
  • Such a deposit may especially afford a sensation of comfort to the wearer (softness, glidance of the deposit formed).
  • such a composition may have improved, properties in terms of transfer resistance, remanence of the deposit, especially in terms of colour (no embrittlemetit or fragmentation of the deposit, which remains uniform and/or resistant to friction), and of resistance to fats.
  • the present invention also relates to a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, coraprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of an anhydrous composition
  • an anhydrous composition comprising,, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer as defined above and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than. 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
  • the composition under consideration according to the i vention contains at least one silicone compound especially with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at. 25°C, chosen from silicone gums and silicone oils and more particularly from ' volatile and non-volatile silicone oils and especially linear silicone oils and phenyl silicone oils,
  • physiologically acceptable medium is intended to denote a medium that is suitable for the application of a composition to the skin, and/or the lips.
  • the combination under consideration according to the invention proves to be most particularly effective for affording a composition that simultaneously has improved remanence over time, in particular of remanence of the colour of the deposit (no embrittlement or fragmentation of the deposit, which remains homogeneous) and satisfactory comfort properties, both on application (especially glidance, breakdown, thickness and uniformity of the deposit formed, and reduction of the tack on drying) and during wearing, namely softness, absence of a tacky sensation or of a sensation of tautness or dryness, and, according to certain embodiments, a transfer-resistance effect.
  • the present, invention relates to a composition for snaking up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer as defined above and at least 15% by weight of silicone compounds) with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
  • composition as defined above may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to its total weight.
  • a compositio according to the invention comprises from 3% to 60% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the composition comprises 3.5% to 50% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition,
  • the composition comprises 4% to 40% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total w eight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention in. particular in the case of a composition for making up the skin and/or the lips, comprises a content of supramolecular polymer of between 5% and 99% by weight relative to the weight of the composition excluding volatile compound(s) (in particular relative to the weight of the composition excluding volatile oii(s), for instance isododecane).
  • This content reflects the resulting content, of supramolecular polymer(s) in a deposit made with a composition or according to the process of the invention, especially on iLt auii maieircus suun as uic »KJII ais /vu ujc ups, KM example, unci cvupui auui! ui to volatile compounds.
  • the composition according to the invention in particular in the case of a makeup composition, comprises a content of supramolecular polymer of between 10% and 90% by weight relative to the weight of the composition excluding volatile conipound(s), preferably between 15% and 80%.
  • the present invention also covers a cosmetic process for mating up andVor caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of a composition as defined above.
  • the invention also preferably relates to composition for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer as defined above, at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, and at least one pigment other than a nacre. More particularly, a composition as defined above may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to its total weight.
  • a composition according to the invention comprises Ironi 3% to 60% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the composition comprises 3.5% to 50% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the composition comprises 4% to 40% by weight, of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight, of the composition.
  • the present invention also covers a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin and or the lips, comprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of a composition as defined, above.
  • the present invention relates to a composition for making up and/or carin for the skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at. least one supramolecular polymer as defined above and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, the said composition being free of cyclopentasiloxane.
  • composition as defined above may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to its total weight.
  • a composition according to the invention comprises from 3% to 60% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the composition comprises 3.5% to 50% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the composition comprises 4% to 40% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the present invention also covers a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of a composition as defined above.
  • the present invention relates to a composition for making up and/or caring for die skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one suprarnoleeular polymer as defined above and at least one silicone oil other than cyclopentasiloxane.
  • composition as defined above may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramoiecular polymer.
  • a composition according to the invention comprises from 3% to 60% by weight of at least one supramoiecular- polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the composition comprises 3.5% to 50% by weight of supramoiecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the composition comprises 4% to 40%-by weight of supramoiecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • compositions according to the invention and used in the processes according to the invention may be free ofethanol.
  • compositions under consideration according to the ' invention and used in the processes according to the invention may be in solid or liquid form at 20°C.
  • composition intended for making up the skin may especially be, in particular in the case of a composition intended for making up the skin, more particularly of foundation type, a loose or compact powder, an anhydrous formulation or a formulation that may be of the oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsion type.
  • the composition used according to the invention is anhydrous or contains less than 3% by weight of -water and preferably less than 1%) by weight of water, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • anhydrous especially means that water is preferably not deliberately added to the composition, but may be present in trace amount in the various compounds used in the composition.
  • composition according to the invention and/or that used according to the process according to the invention may be in the form of a composition for making up the skin and/or the lips, especially for facial or bodily skin; it may be a complexion product such as a foundation, a face powder or an eyeshadow; a lip product such as a lipstick or a iipcare product; a concealer product; a blusher; an eyeliner; a lip pencil or an eye pencil; a body makeup product; a gloss (lip gloss).
  • the composition is intended for making up tile lips and it is more particularly a lipstick (lipstick wand) or a gloss (liquid lipstick).
  • the invention relates to a composition for making up and/or cari g for the lips, especially of lipstick type and/or a composition for making up and/or caring for the skin, especially of the face, in particular of foundation type in solid form, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, especially a volatile or non-volatile silicone oil.
  • the lipstick and/or foundation compositions according to the invention are anhydrous.
  • solid characterizes the sta te of the composition at a temperature of 20°C
  • a solid composition according to the invention has, at a temperature of 20°C and at atmospheric pressure (760 mrnlig), a hardness of greater t han 30 Nm "1 and preferably greater than 40 Nm '1 .
  • the cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for ' the skin and/or the lips according to the invention may also comprise an additional step consisting in ' artificially accelerating the drying of the deposit of the composition simultaneously with or subsequent to its application, by exposure of said deposit to blown air having a temperature ranging from 35 to 45 °C, Protocol for measuring he 3 ⁇ 43 ⁇ 4rd3 ⁇ 4ie3 ⁇ 4s:
  • composition especially of lipstick wand type is measured according to the following protocol:
  • the stick of lipstick is stored at 20°C for 24 hours before measuring the hardness.
  • the hardness may be measured at 20°C via the "cheese wire” method, which consists in transversely cutting a wand of product, which is preferably a circular cylinder. by means of a rigid tungsten wire 250 ⁇ in diameter, by moving the wire relative to the stick at a speed of 100 mm/minute.
  • the hardness of the samples of compositions of the invention is measured using a DFGS2 tensile testing machine from the company Indelco- Chatillon.
  • the measurement is repeated three times and then averaged.
  • the average of the three values read using the tensile testing machine mentioned above, noted Y, is given in grams. This average is converted into newtons and then divided by L which represents the longest distance through which the wire passes. In the case of a cylindrical wand, L is equal to the diameter (in metres).
  • the stick is stored for 24 hours at this new temperature before the measurement.
  • a solid composition according to the invention has a hardness at 20°C of greater than or equal to 30 Nm "1 , preferably greater than 40 Nm '1 and preferably greater than 50 Nm 4
  • the composition according to the invention especially has a hardness at 20°C of less than 500 Nm "1 , especially less than 400 Nm "5 and preferably less than 300 Nm "1 .
  • composition whose hardness is greater than 30 Nm "! is said to be "solid” at 20°C and at atmospheric pressure (760 rnmHg).
  • composition for making up and/or caring for the lips may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to its total weight.
  • the present invention also covers a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the lips, comprising at least the application to the said lips of a composition as defined above.
  • compositions according to the invention may be in ' the form of a skin makeu composition and more particularly a foundation, a face powder, an eyeshadow or a body makeup product.
  • the present invention also covers a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin, comprising at least the application to the said skin of a composition as defined above.
  • compositions according to the invention thus comprise a polyalkene-based (i.e. poiyolefin) supramolecular polymer.
  • polyalkene-based supramolecular polymer means a polymer derived from the reaction, especially the condensation, of at least one polyalkene polymer fictionalized with at least one reactive group, with at least one junction group functionalized with at least one reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive groijp(s) of the functionalized polyalkene polymer, said junction group being capable of forming at least three H (hydrogen) bonds and preferably at least tour H bonds, preferentially four H bonds.
  • polyalkene or "poiyolefin” means a polymer derived from the polymerization of at least one monomer of alkene type, comprising an ' ethyl enic unsaturation, the said monomer possibly being pendent or in the main chain of the said polymer.
  • polyalkene or "poiyolefin” is thus directed towards polymers that may or may not comprise a double bond.
  • the supramolecular polymers used according to the invention are prepared from a polymer derived from the polymerization of an alkene comprising at least two ethylenic unsaturations.
  • the supramolecular polymer according to the invention is capable of forming a supraniolecular polymer chain or network, by (self-)assembiy of said polymer according to the invention with at least one other identical or different polymer according to the invention, each assembly involving at least one pair of paired, junction groups, which may be identical or different, borne by each of the polymers according to the invention.
  • junction group means any group comprising groups that donate or accept H bonds, and capable of forming at least three H bonds and preferably at least four H bonds, preferentially four H bonds, with an identical or different partner junction group. These junction groups may be lateral to the polymer backbone (side branching) and/or borne by the ends of the polymer backbone, and ' or in the chain forming the polymer backbone. They may be distributed in a random or controlled maimer.
  • the polyalkene polymers are functionalized with at least one reactive group and preferably with at. least two reactive groups.
  • the fimctionalization preferably occurs at the chain ends. They are then referred to as telechelic polymers.
  • the fimctionalization groups, or reactive groups may be attached to the polyalkene polymer via linkers, preferably linear or branched C1-C4 alkylene groups, or directly via a single bond.
  • the functionalized polyalkene polymers have a number-average molecular mass (Mn) of between 1000 and 8000.
  • the functionalized polyalkene polymer capable of forming all or part of the polymer backbone of the supramolecular polymer according to the invention (preferably, it forms all of the backbone of the polymer), is of formula HO-P-OH in which:
  • - P represents a homo- or copolymer that may he obtained by polymerization of one or more linear, cyclic and/or branched, polyunsaturated (preferably diunsaturated) C 2 - Cio and preferably C2-C4 alkenes,
  • P preferably represents a homo- or copolymer that, may be obtained by polymerization of one or more linear, cyclic and/or branched, C2-C4 diunsaturated alkenes.
  • P represents a polymer chosen from a polyb tylene, a polybutadiene (such as a 1 ,4-polybutadiene or a 1,2-polyhutadiene), a polyisoprene, a poly(l,3-pentadiene) and a polyisobutyiene, and copolymers thereof.
  • P represents a poly(ethylene/butylene) copolymer.
  • the preferred poly(ethylene butylenes) are copolymers of 1-butene and of ethylene. They may be represented schematically by the following sequence of units:
  • P is a polyhutadiene homopolymer, preferably chosen from a 1 ,4-polyhutadiene ' or a 1 ,2-polybutadiene.
  • the polybutadienes may be 1 ,4-polyb tadienes or 1 ,2-polybutadienes, which may be represented schematically, respectively, by the following sequences of units:
  • they are 1 ,2-polybutadienes.
  • P is a 1 ,2-polybutadiene homopolymer.
  • P is a polyisoprene.
  • Polyisoprenes may be represented schematically by the following sequences of units:
  • a mixture of above units may obviously also be used, so as to form copolymers.
  • the functionalized polyalkene polymers may be totally hydrogenated to avoid the risks of crosslinking.
  • the functionalized polyalkene polymers used in the compositions accordi g to the invention are hydrogenated.
  • the polyalkene polymers are hydrogenated and functionalized with at least two OH reactive groups, preferably at the ends of the polymers.
  • they Preferably, they have functionality as hydroxy! end groups of from 1.8 to 3 and preferably in the region of 2.
  • the polydienes containing hydroxyl end groups are especially defined, for example, in FR 2 782 723. They may be chosen from polyhutadiene, polyisoprene and poly(l ,3-pentadiene) homopolymers and copolymers. Mention will be made in particular of the hydroxylated polybutadienes sold by the company Sartomer, for instance the rasol® Resins and the Poly bd® Resins, Preferably, they are dihydroxylated hydrogenated 1 ,2-polybutadiene homopolymers, such as the range Nisso-PB 1, GI3000, GI2000 and Gil 000 sold by the company Nisso, which may be represented schematically by the following formula:
  • n is between 14 and 105 and preferably between.20 and 85.
  • PL-Rapid-F (6M-0L1-01 1-6) from Polymer Labs Length: 150 mm - inside diameter: 7.5 mm
  • the average molar masses are determined by plotting the calibration curve: log Molar mass ⁇ f (elution volume at the top of the Ri detection peak) and using the software Empower option GPC from Waters.
  • polystyrene resin with hydroxyl end groups
  • the supramolecular polymers according to the invention also have in their structure at least one residue of a junction group capable of forming at least three H bonds and preferably at. least four H bonds, said junction group being initially functionalized with at least one reactive group.
  • junction group means in the present description the group without its reactive function.
  • the reactive groups are attached to the junction group via linkers L.
  • L is a single bond or a saturated or unsaturated C1.20 divalent carbon-based group chosen in - particular from a linear or branched C1 -C20 alkyiene; a C5-C20 (aikyl)eycloaikyiene alkyiene (preferably cye!ohexyiene methylene), a C; : ⁇ C3 ⁇ 4i alkylene- biscycloalkyiene (preferably alkylene-biscyciohexylene), a Q-C20 (alkyl)arylene, an alkylene-bisarylene (preferably an alkylene-biphenylene),.
  • the linker L possibly being substituted with at least one alkyl group and/or possibly comprising 1 to 4 N and/or O heteroatoms, especially in the form of an ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 substituent.
  • the linker is a group chosen from phenyletie; 1 ,4-mtrophenylene 1 ,2-ethylene; 1 ,6-hexylene; 1,4-butyiene; i,6-(2,4,4-triniethylhexylene); l,4-(4- methylpentylene); l,5-(5-methylhexylene) 1 ,6-(6-methylheptylene): 1.5-(2,2,5- trimethylhexylene); l ⁇ -(3,7-dmiemyloctyIerie); ---isophorone-; 4,4 '-methylene bis(cyclohexylene); tolylene; 2-methyl- 1 ,3 ⁇ phenylene; 4-methyl-l,3-phenylene; 4,4- biphenylenemethylene;
  • the linker is chosen from the groups:
  • Ci-Qo alkylene such as -(CH 2 ) 2 -; -(CH 2 )6-; -CH 2 CH(CH3)-CH2-e(CH 3 )2- CH2-CH2, and
  • L is chosen from: -isophorone-; -(C3 ⁇ 4) 2 -; -(CH2 ; -C3 ⁇ 4CH(C3 ⁇ 4)-
  • the linker is an alkylcycloalkylene alkylene.
  • the linker is an isophorone group.
  • isophorone means the following group:
  • the said reactive groups functionalizing the junction group must be capable of reacting with the ⁇ QH reactive group(s) borne by the fonetionalized polyalkene.
  • junction groups capable of forming at least three H bonds form a basic structural element comprising at least three groups, preferably at least four groups and more preferentially four functional groups capable of establishing H bonds.
  • the said basic structural elements capable of establishing H bonds may be represented schematically in the following manner:
  • Xj is an H-bond accepting functional group (identical or different) and Yj is an H-bond donating functional group (identical or different).
  • each structural element should be capable of establishing H bonds with one or more partner structural elements, which are identical (i.e. self-complementary) or different, such that each pairing of two partner structural elements takes place by formation of at least three H bonds, preferably at least four H bonds and more preferentially four H bonds.
  • a proton acceptor X will pair with a proton donor Y.
  • Several possibilities are thus offered, for example pairing of: XXXX with YYYY;
  • the junction groups may establish four H bonds with an identical (or self-complementary) partner group among which are two donor bonds (for example H) and two acceptor bonds (for example CO and -C-N-).
  • an identical (or self-complementary) partner group among which are two donor bonds (for example H) and two acceptor bonds (for example CO and -C-N-).
  • junction groups capable of forming at leas four H bonds are chosen from the following families, it being understood that all the tautomeric forms are included:
  • the radicals Ri are single bonds constituting the point of attachment of the junction grou to the linker capable of forming at least three H bonds (preferably four H bonds) on the rest of the graft.
  • the said point of attachment is borne solely by Rj, which is a single bond.
  • R 2 represents a divalent group chosen from a single bond or a Ci- Q alkylene or a monovalent group chosen from a single bond, a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched Ci-C;o saturated monovalent hydrocarbon-based group, which may contain one or more heteroatoms such as O, 8 or N, these groups being optionally substituted with a hydroxy], amino and/or thio function.
  • the radical R 2 may be a single bond or a monovalent group chosen from H, C3 ⁇ 4OH and (CH 2 ) 2 -OH, C3 ⁇ 4.
  • 3 ⁇ 4 is H.
  • R represents a monovalent or divalent group
  • R3 is chosen from a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched Cj-Cio saturated monovalent bydroearboa-based group, which may contain one or more heieroaioms such as O, 8 or N, these groups being optionally substituted with a hydroxyl, amino and/or thio function.
  • the radical R 3 ⁇ 4 may be a monovalent group chosen from H, CH2OH and (CH 2 )2-OH 5 C3 ⁇ 4.
  • R3 is a methyl group.
  • the junction groups are chosen from 2-ureidopwimidone arid 6-methyl ⁇ 2-ureidopyri.midone.
  • the preferred junction group is 6-methyl ⁇ 2-ureidopyrimidone.
  • junction groups and especially the ureidopyrimidone junction groups, may be added directly or may be formed in situ during the process for preparing the supramolecular polymer,
  • the first and second preparation methods described below illustrate these two alternatives, respectively.
  • the flmctionalized junction groups capable of reacting with the functionahzed polyalkene polymer to give the supramoieeular polymer according to the invention are preferably of formula * .
  • L is chosen from the groups:
  • alkylcyc1oa!kylene alkylene such as isophorone
  • Ci-Cw alkylene such as -(CH 2 ) 2 -; -(CH 2 ) 6 -; -CH 2 CJi(CHs)-CE 2 -C(CH3) z - CH 2 -GH 2 ,.and
  • phenyiene such as 2-methyl-l ,3-phenyiene.
  • L is chosen from: -isophorone- ; -(03 ⁇ 4) ⁇ -; 4,4 '-methylene biscyclohexylene.
  • the junction group is of formula which L is isophorone, in one particuiarly preferred embodiment, the supraniolecuiar polym invention corresponds to the formula:
  • V and L" represent a saturated or unsaturated C r C 20 divalent carbon-based group, chosen in particular from a linear or branched C1-C20 alkylene; a C 5 ⁇ C 20 (alkyl)cycloalkylene, an alkyiene-biscycloalkylene and a i3 ⁇ 4-C 2 o (alkyl)aryiene.
  • U and L" represent an -isophorone-.; -( ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 ⁇ ; -(&1 ⁇ 4) ⁇ ,-; -CH2CH(CH )-CH 2 - C(CH3) 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 ; 4,4 '-methylene biscyclohexylene; 2-methyi-l J-phenyle.ne group.
  • L' and L" are identical.
  • L' and L" are an isophorone group.
  • P is hydrogenated and represents a polyethylene, a polybutylene, a polybutadiene, a polyisoprene, a poly(L3-pentadiene ⁇ 7 a polyisobutylene, or a copolymer thereof, especially a poly(ethylene/butylene).
  • P is a hydrogenated polybutadiene, preferably a hydrogenated 1 ,2- polybutadiene.
  • the supraniolecuiar polymer of the invention corres onds to the formula:
  • the polymer according to the invention ma be prepared via the processes usually used by a person skilled in the art, especially for forming a urethane bond between the free Oi l functions of a polyalkeise, and the isocyanate ftmctions borne by the junction group.
  • a first general preparation process consists in:
  • the said polymer comprising at least two OH reactive functions to a temperature that may be between 60°C and 140°C; the hydroxyl number of the polymer being able to serve as reference in order to measure the degree of progress of the reaction;
  • the ureidopyrimidone junction group bearing the reactive functions especially isoc anate such as those described in patent WO 2005/042 641 ; especially such as the compounds of CAS number - 32093-85-9 and 709028-42-2;
  • the reaction may also be monitored by assaying the hydroxyl functions; it is also possible to add ethanol in order to ensure the total disappearance of the residual isocyanate functions,
  • the reaction may he performed in the presence of a solvent, especially methyltelrahydrofuran, tetrahydroturan, toluene, propylene carbonate or butyl acetate. It is also possible to add a conventional catalyst for forming a urethane bond. An example that may be mentioned is dibiityltin dilaurate.
  • the polymer may finally be washed and dried, or even purified, according to the general knowledge of a person skilled in the art.
  • the reaction may comprise the following steps:
  • the diisocyanate may optionally he in excess relative to the polymer.
  • This first step may be performed in the presence of solvent, at a temperature of between 20°C and 100°C. This first step may be followed by a period of stirring under a controlled atmosphere for 1 to 24 hours, The mixture may optionally be heated. The degree of progress of this first step may be monitored by assaying the hydroxy! functions;
  • this second step may optionally be performed in the presence of a cosolvent such as toluene, butyl acetate or propylene carbonate.
  • a cosolvent such as toluene, butyl acetate or propylene carbonate.
  • the reaction mixture may be heated to between 80°C and 140°C for a time ranging between 1 and 24 hours.
  • the presence of a catalyst, especially dibiityltm dilaurate, may promote the production of the desired final product.
  • the reaction may be monitored by infrared spectroscopy, by monitoring the disappearance of the characteristic peak of isocyanate between 2200 and 2300 cm “1 .
  • ethanol may be added to the reaction medium in order to neutralize any residual isocyanate functions.
  • the reaction mixture may be optionally filtered.
  • the polymer may also be stripped directly in a cosmetic solvent.
  • the said: supramolecular polymer is dissolved in a hydrocarbon-based oil, which is preferably volatile, in particular isododecane.
  • the composition of the invention will comprise at least one hydrocarbon- based oil, which is preferably volatile, in particular at least isododecane, especiall provided by the supramolecular polymer solution.
  • the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present in a composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0,1% to 60% by weight of solids, relative to the total weight of the composi tion,
  • the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present in a composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0.2% to 50% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the supramoiecular polyrner(s) may be present in a composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0.3% to 40% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the supramoiecular polymer(s) may also be present in a composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0.5% to 30% by weight,' relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a. makeup composition is in the form of a foundation and the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present therein in a content ranging from 2.5% to 60% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a makeup composition is in the form of a foundation and the supramoiecular polyme (s) may he present therein in a content ranging from 2.5% to 40% by weight of solids relati ve to the total weight of the composition.
  • a makeup composition is in the form of a foiffidation and the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present tiierein in a content ranging from 3% to 30% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a makeup composition is in the form of a lipstick and the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present therein in a content ranging from 0.1 % to 60% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a makeup composition is in the form of a lipstick and the supramoiecular- polyrner(s) may be present therein in a content ranging from 0.2% to 40% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a makeup composition is in the form of a lipstick and the supramoleeular polymer(s) ma be present therein in a content ranging from 0.5% to 30% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention comprises at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
  • a compoimd is advantageously chosen from silicone gums, volatile silicone oils and non- volatile silicone oils.
  • the silicone compound under consideration according to the invention may be a silicone oil (volatile or non-volatile) with a viscosity of less than 800 000 centistokes (cSt) (800 000 10 "6 m3 ⁇ 4), preferably between 0.5 centistokes (cSt) (0.5 x KF 6 rn 2 /s) and 800 000 centistokes.
  • the silicone compound under consideration according to the invention may be a non- volatile silicone oil with a viscosity of between 9 centistokes (cSt) (9 x 10 "6 m 2 /s) and 600 000 centistokes (cSt) (600 000 x 10 "6 2 /s).
  • oil means a water-immiscible non-aqueous compound that is liquid at room temperature (25 C 'C) and at atmospheric pressure (760 mtnHg).
  • silicon oil means an oil comprising at least one silicon atom, and especially at least one Si-0 group.
  • the volatile or non-volatile silicone oils that may be used in the invention preferably have a viscosity at 25°C of less than 800 000 cSt, preferably less than or equal to 600 000 cSt and preferably less than or equal to 500 000 cSt.
  • the viscosity of these silicone oils may be measured according to standard A8TM D-445.
  • composition according to the invention and/or under consideration according to a process of the invention contains at least one silicone oil other than cyclopentasiloxane.
  • an oil also known as decamemykyclopentasiloxane, is especially sold under the name DC-245 by the company Dow Coming or Mirasil CM 5.
  • composition according to the invention or under consideration according to a process of the invention may contain a mixture of silicone oils formed only partly " from such an oil.
  • silicone oils that may be used according to the invention may be volatile and/or non- volatile.
  • composition according to the invention or under consideration according to a process of the invention may contain a mixture of volatile and non- volatile silicone oil.
  • the temi "volatile oil” means an oil that can evaporate on contact with the skin in less than one hour, at room temperature (25 °C) and atmospheric pressure.
  • the volatile oil is a volatile cosmetic oil, which is liquid at room temperature, especially having- a nonzero vapour pressure, at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, in particular having a vapour pressure ranging from 0.13 Pa to 40 000 Pa ( Q "3 to 300 mniHg), preferably ranging from 1 .3 Pa to 13 000 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmilg) and preferentially ranging from 1,3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.1 to lO ramHg).
  • non-volatile oil means an oil whose vapour pressure at room temperature and atmospheric pressure is non-zero and less than 0.02 mniHg (2.66 Pa) and better still less than 10 "3 ramHg (0.13 Pa) ,
  • compositions according to the invention comprise at least one volatile silicone oil.
  • the volatile silicone oil that may be used in the invention may be chosen from silicone oils especially having a viscosity ⁇ 8 centistokes (cSt) (8 x 10 ⁇ 6 m s) and preferably greater than 0.5 cSt .
  • volatile silicone oil that may be used in the invention may preferably be chosen from silicone oils with a flash point, ranging from 40°C to I02°C, preferably with a flash point of greater than 55°C and less than or equal to 95°C, and preferentially ranging from 65°C to 95°C.
  • Volatile silicone oils that may be mentioned include:
  • silicone oils especially those with a viscosity ⁇ 8 ceaiistokes (cSt) (8 ⁇ i0 "6 n /s at 25°C), and especially containing from 2 to 10 silicon atoms and in particular from 2 to 7 silicon atoms, these silicones optionally comprising alky! or a!koxy groups containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • cSt ceaiistokes
  • volatile silicone oils are non-cyclic and are chosen in particular from:
  • a saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms or with one or more hydroxyl groups, or
  • n is an integer ranging from 0 to 8
  • preferabl ranging from 2 to 6 and better still ranging from 3 to 5
  • a saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or more Ouorine atoms or with one or more hydroxyl groups, or
  • x is an integer ranging from 0 to 8 S the silicone compound of formula Qi) or (Hi) containing not more than 15 carbon atoms.
  • the ratio between the number of carbon atoms and the number of silicon atoms is between 2,25 and 4.33.
  • the silicones of formulae (I) to (III) may be prepared according to the known processes for synthesizing silicone compounds,
  • silicones of formula ( ⁇ ) that may be mentioned are:
  • disiloxanes hexamethyldisiloxane (surface tension ⁇ ⁇ - 15.9 fflN/ffl), sold especially under the name ' DC 200 Fluid 0.65 cSt by the company Dow Coming, 1 ,3-di-tert-butyl- 1.1 ,3,3 - tetramethyldisiloxane; 1 ,3 -dipropyl- 1 ,1 ,3,3- tetramethyldisiloxane; heptylpentamethyldisiloxane; 1,1 , 1 -tri ethyl-3 ,3,3- trimethyldisiloxane; hexaethyldisiloxane; 1, 1 ,3,3 -tetramethyl- 1,3 -bis(2- methylpropyl)distloxane; perxtamethyloctyldisiloxane; 1 ,1 ,1 ⁇ trimethyl ⁇ 3.3 f
  • octamethyltrisiloxane surface tension " 17.4 mN/m), sold especially under the name DC 200 Fluid 1 cSt by the company Dow Coming, 3-pentyl-l ,1,1 ,3,5,5,5 ⁇ heptamethyltrisiloxane; 1 -hexyl-1 ,1 ,3,3,5,5,5- heptameihylirisiloxane; 1,1 ,1 ,3,3,5,5-heptamethyl 5-octyltrisiloxane; 1,1,1,3,5,5,5- heptamethyl-3-octyltrisiioxane 5 sold especially under the name Silsoft 034 by the company OSI; 1 , 1 ,1 ,3,5,5,5-heptamethyl-3 ⁇ hexyltrisiloxane (surface tension - 20.5 mN/m), sold especially under the name DC 2-1731 by .
  • decamethyltetrasiloxane (surface tension ::: 18 m ' N/m), sold especially under the name DC 200 Fluid 1.5 cSt by the company Dow
  • dodecamethylpentasiloxarie surface tension 18.7 ffiN/m
  • DC 200 Fluid 2 cSt by the company Dow Coming
  • hexasiloxanes 1 -butyl -1 J , 3,3,5,5,7,7,9,9, 1 1 , 11,1 1- tridecamethylhexasiloxane; 3,5,7,9-tetraethyl-l /l ,13,5,7,9,1 LI 1,11- decamethylhexasiloxane and tetradecamethylhexa siloxane.
  • silicones of formula ( ⁇ ) that may be mentioned are:
  • pentasiloxanes 1,1,1 ,3,5,5,7,7,7-nonamefliyl-3- (trimethylsiloxy)tetrasiloxane and 1,1 ,1 ,3,3 J,7,7-octaiTiethyl-5-phenyl-5 ⁇ [(trirriethylsilyl)- oxyjtetrasiioxane;
  • octasiloxanes s l,l,3,5,5.9 5 9,9-honamethyl-3,7,7- iris[(triraethylsiiyl)oxy]pentasiloxaiY ; 1 s 1 , 1 ,3,5,7,9,9,9-nonamethyj-3,5,7- s[(trimetliylsilyl)oxy]pentasiloxaae and 1 ,1,1 ,7,7,7-hexamethyl-3 ,3,5,5- tetraki s [(trimethyl si 1 yl)ox y] tetrasi I oxane.
  • Volatile silicone oils that may mor particularly be mentioned include decamethylcyclopentasiloxane sold especially under the name DC-245 by the company Dow Coming, dodeeamethylcyclohexasiloxane sold especially under the name DC-246 by the company Dow Coming.
  • octamethyltrisiloxane sold especially under the name DC-.200 Fluid 1 cSt by the company Dow Corning, decamethyltetrasiloxane sold especially under the name DC-200 Fluid 1.5 cSt by tlie company Dow Corning and DC-200 Fluid 5 cSt sold by the company Dow Coming, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, heptamethylhexyltrisiloxane, heptamethylethyltrisiloxane, heptamethyloctyltrisiloxane and dodecamethyipentasiioxane, and mixtures thereof .
  • the linear oils prove to be particularly advantageous.
  • the compositions according to the invention comprise at least one non-volatile silicone oil.
  • the non- volatile silicone oils that may be used in the invention may be chosen from silicone oils with a viscosity at 25°C of greater than or equal to 9 centistokes (cSt) (9 x 10 "6 m 2 /s) and less than 800 000 cSt, preferably between 50 and 600 000 eSt and preferably between 100 and 500 000 cSt.
  • the viscosity of this silicone oil may be measured according to standard ASTM D-445,
  • silicone oils two types of oil may be distinguished, according to whether or not they contain phenyl.
  • non-volatile linear silicone oils include polydimethylsiloxanes; alk l dimethicones; vinyl methyl melhicones; and also silicones modified with optionally fl orinated aliphatic groups, or with functional groups such as hydroxyl, thiol and or amine groups.
  • non-phenyl non-volatile silicone oils that maybe mentioned include:
  • - PDMSs comprising alkyl or alkoxy groups, which are pendent and/or at the end of the silicone chain, these groups each containing from 2 to 24 carbon atoms,
  • - PDMSs comprising aliphatic groups, or functional groups such as hydroxyl, thiol and/or amine groups,
  • polyalkyiniethylsiloxanes optionally substituted with a fluorinated group, such as pol metliyltxifluoropropyidimethylsiloxanes,
  • a composition according to the invention contains at least one non-phenyl linear silicone oil.
  • the non-phenyl linear silicone oil may be chosen especially from the silicones of formula:
  • Ri, R.2, Rs and Re are, together or separately, an alkyl radical containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • Ra and 4 are, together or separately, an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a vinyl radical, an amine radical or a hydroxy! radical,
  • X is an alky] radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxy! radical or an amine radical,
  • n and p are integers chosen so as to have a fluid compound.
  • non-volatile silicone oils that ma be used according to the invention, mention may be mad e of those for which;
  • the substituerits Ri to R$ and X represent a methyl group
  • p and n are such that the viscosity is 500 000 cSt, such as the product sold under the name SE30 by the company General Electric, the product sold under the name AK 500000 by the company Wacker, the product sold under the name Mirasil DM 500 000 by the company Bluestar, and the product sold under the name Dow Coming 200 Fluid 500 000 cSt by the company Dow Corning,
  • the substituents R. 3 ⁇ 4 to and X represent a methyl group
  • p and n arc such that the viscosity is 60 000 cSt, such as the product sold under the name Dow Coming 200 Fluid 60000 CS by ihe company Dow Coming, and the product sold under the name W acker Belsil DM 60 000 by the company Wacker,
  • the substituerits i to 3 ⁇ 4 and X represent a methyl group, and p and n are such that the viscosity is 350 cSt, such as the product sold under the name Dow Corning 200 Fluid 350 CS by the company Dow Corning,
  • the substituents Ri to e represent a methyl group
  • the group X represents a hydroxyl group
  • n and p are such that the viscosity is 700 cSt, such as the product, sold under the name Baysilone Fluid ⁇ .7 by the company Momeniive.
  • a composition according to the invention contains at least one phenyl silicone oil.
  • non-volatile phenyl silicone oils that may be mentioned include:
  • the groups R represent, independently of each other, a methyl or a phenyl with the proviso that at least one group R represents a phenyl.
  • the phenyl silicone oil comprises at least three phenyl groups, for example at least four, at feast five or at least six.
  • the said organopolysiloxane comprises at least three phenyl groups, for example at least four or at least five. Mixtures of the phenyl organopolysiloxanes described previously may he used. Examples that may be mentioned include mixtures of triplienyl, tetraphenyl or pentaphenyl organo-polysiloxanes.
  • y ranges between 1 and 1000.
  • Use may be made, for example, of . trimethyl siloxyphenyl dimethicone, sold especially under the reference Belsil PDM 1000 sold by the company Wacker.
  • y is equal to 0.
  • Use may be made, for example, of phenyl trimethylsiloxy trisiloxane, sold especially under the reference Dow Coming 556 Cosmetic Grade Fluid,
  • n, p and q are, independently of each other, integers between 0 and 900, with the proviso that the mm m + n - q is other than 0,
  • the sum rn+n+q is between 1 and 100, Preferably, the sum m-hs+q is between 1 and 900 and better still between 1 and 800. Preferably, q is equal to 0.
  • Rj to R 6 independently of each oilier, are saturated or unsaturated, linear, cyclic or branched C J-C-JO hydrocarbon-based radicals,
  • n and p are, independently of each other, integers beuveen 0 and 100, with the proviso that the sum n + m is between 1 and 100.
  • Ri to Rg independently of each other, represent a saturated, linear or branched C1-C30 and especially C 1 -C 12 hydrocarbon-based radical and in particular a methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl radical
  • Ri to R ⁇ may especially be identical, and in addition may be a methyl radical.
  • m - ; 1 or 2 or 3 and/or n :s: 0 and/or p TM 0 or 1 may apply, in formula (VII).
  • R is a C1-C3 alkyl radical, an ary! radical or an aralkyl radical,
  • - n is an integer ranging from 0 to 100, arid
  • - m is an integer ranging from 0 to 100, with the proviso that the sum n+m ranges from 1 to 100,
  • radicals R of formula (Viil) and Ri to Rio defined previously may each represent a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated alkyl radical, especially of C2-C20, in particuiar C3-Cig and more particularly C4-C10, or a monocyclic or poiyeyciic Ce-Cj4 and especially C10-C33 aryl radical, or an aralkyl radical whose aryl and alkyl residues are as defined previously,
  • R of formula (VIII) and Rt to Rio may each represent a methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, decyl, dodecyl or octadecyl radical, or alternatively a phenyl, tolyh benzyl or phenethyl radical.
  • a phenyl silicone oil of formula (VIII) with a viscosity at 25°C of between 5 and 1500 mm 2 /s (i.e. 5 to 1500 cSt), and preferably with a viscosit of between 5 and 1000 mm 2 /s (i.e. 5 to 1000 cSt) may be used.
  • phenyl silicone oils of formula (VIII) it is especially possible to use phenyl trimethicones such as DC556 from Dow Corning (22.5 c-St), the oil Silbione 70663V30. from Rhone-Poulenc (28 cSt) or diphenyl dixnethicones such as Belsil oils, especially Belsil PDMiOOO (1000 cSt), Belsil PDM 200 (200 cSt) and Belsil PDM 20 (20 cSt) from Wacker. The values in parentheses represen the viscosities at 25°C.
  • Rg, R5 and R are, together or separately, an alky! radical containing I to 6 carbon atoms
  • R4 are, together or separately, an alky] radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl radical,
  • X is an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxy! radical or a vinyl radical,
  • n and p being chosen so as to give the oil a weight-average molecular mass of less than 200 000 g/mol,. preferably less than 150 000 g/mol and more preferably less than 100 000 g mol.
  • flie phenyl silicones that are most particularly suitable for use in the invention are those corresponding to formulae (II), especially to formula (III), and (V) hereinabove. .
  • the phenyl silicones are chosen from phenyl trimethicones, phenyl dimethicones, phenyl-trimethylsiloxydiphenylsiloxanes, diphenyl dimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltrisiloxanes and 2-phenylethy! trimethylsiloxysilicates, and mixtures thereof.
  • the weight- average molecular weight of the non-volatile phenyl silicone oil according to the invention ranges from 500 to 10 000 g/mol.
  • linear silicone oils and phenyl silicone oils prove to be particularly advantageous.
  • a composition according to the invention contains, as silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, at least one silicone gum.
  • the silicone gum that may be used in the invention may be chosen from silicone gums with a viscosity at 25°C of greater than or equal to 800 000 centistokes (cSt), especially between 800 000 and 10 000 000 cSt, preferably between 1 000 000 and 500 000 cSt and preferably between 1 000 000 and 2 500 000 cSt.
  • the viscosity of this silicone oil may be measured according to standard ASTM D-445.
  • the molecular mass of the silicone gums is generally greater than 350 000 g ' nioL between 350 000 and 800 000 g/rnol and preferably from 450 000 to 700 000 g mol.
  • the silicone gum may he chosen especially from the silicones of formula:
  • R.i, R.2, R-5 and R.6 are, together or separately, an alkyl radical containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms,
  • R.3 and R 4 are, together or separately, an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a vinyl radical, an amine radical or a hydroxyl radical ' ,
  • X is an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl radical or an amine radical,
  • n and p being integers chosen such that the viscosity of the compound is greater than 800.000 cSt.
  • silicone gums that may be used according to the invention, mention may be made of those for which:
  • the substituents Ri to Rg represent a methyl group
  • the group X represents a hydroxyl group
  • n and p are such thai the molecular weight of the polymer is 600 000 g mol, such as the product sold under the name Mirasil C-DPDM by the company B!uestar
  • the substituents K ⁇ to 3 ⁇ 4 represent a methyl group
  • the group X represents a hvdroxyl group
  • n and p are such that the molecular weight of the polymer is 600 000 g/mol, such as the product sold under the name SGM 36 by the company Dow Coming;
  • the silicons compoundis is/are chosen from non-volatile silicone oils, silicone gums . and volatile silicone oils.
  • the silicone compound(s) is/are chosen from non-volatile silicone oils and silicone gums.
  • the silicone compound(s) is/are advantageously chosen from non-volatile silicone oils, and in particular from phenyl non- volatile silicone oils.
  • a composition according to the inventio may comprise from 0.1% to 60% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • silicone compound(s) according to the invention may comprise from 0.2% to 50% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • silicone compound(s) according to the invention may. comprise from 0.5% to 40% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a lip makeup composition especially in the case of a lip makeup composition, it may comprise more than 15% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the lips and more particularly of lipstick type may comprise from 0,1 % to 60% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the lips and more particularly of lipstick type may comprise from 0.2% to 50% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention far caring for and/or making up the lips and more particulai'ly of lipstick type comprises from 0.5% to 40% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weiglit of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the lips and more particularly of lipstick type may comprise more than 15% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the skin and more particularly of foundation type may comprise from 0.1 % to 40% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the skin and more particularly of foundation type may comprise from 0.2% to 30% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention for earing for and/or making up the skin and more particularly of foundation type may comprise more than 15% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention comprises at least one silicone compound according to the invention and at least one supramolecular polymer in a silicone compound(s) according to the invention/ ' poiymer(s) weight ratio of between 0.01 and 20.
  • they are present in a weight ratio of between 0.1 and 15. More preferably, they are present in a weiglit ratio of between 0.4 and 10.
  • they are present in a weight ratio of between 1 and 8.
  • a composition according to the invention comprises at least one silicone compound according to the invention and at least one supramolecular polymer in a silicone compound(s) according to the mvention polymer(s) weight ratio of between 0.1 and 20.
  • they are present in a weight ratio of between 0.2 and 15. More preferably, they are present in a weight ratio of between 0.5 and 10. Preferably, they are present in a weight ratio of between 1 and 8.
  • a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the skin comprises at least one silicone compound according to the invention and at least one supramolecular polymer in a silicone compound(s) according to the invention/poiymer(s) weight ratio of greater than 0.01.
  • a cosmetic makeup and/or care composition according to the invention also comprises a cosmetically acceptable medium that may comprise the usual ingredients, as a function of the intended use of the composition.
  • the composition according to the invention may comprise, besides a silicone compound of viscosity in accordance with the invention, an additional liquid fatty phase.
  • This additional liquid fatty phase may comprise, besides the silicone compounds according to the invention mentioned previously, one or more hydrocarbon- based oils and/or one or more fiuoro oils.
  • the additional liquid fatty phase may represent from 0.1% to 98% b weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • this weight percentage of liquid fatty phase takes into account the weight of oil used for the formulation of the associated supramolecular polymer, if present.
  • composition according to the invention and/or used in a process according to the invention may comprise from 0.1% to 95% by weight of an additional liquid fatty phase relative to its total weight, More particularly, a composition according to the invention and/or used in a process according to the invention may comprise from 0.5% to 90% by weight of an additional liquid fatty phase relative to its total weight.
  • composition under consideration according to the invention may advantageously comprise one or more oils, which may be chosen especially from hydrocarbon-based oils and fhioro oils, and mixtures thereof.
  • the oils may be of animal, plant, mineral or synthetic origin.
  • the oils may be volatile or non-volatile.
  • fluoro oil means an oil comprising at least one fluorine atom.
  • hydrocarbon-based oil means an oil mainly containing hydrogen and carbon atoms.
  • the oils may optionally comprise oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur and/or phosphorus atoms, for example in the form of hydroxy! or acid radicals.
  • the volatile hydrocarbon-based oils may be chosen from hydrocarbon-based oils containing from 8 to 16 carbon atoms, and especially Q-Ci f , branched alkanes (also known as isoparaflins), for instance isododecane, isodecane and isohexadecane.
  • the volatile hydrocarbon-based oil may also be a linear volatile alkane containing 7 to 17 carbon atoms, in particular 9 to 15 carbon atoms and more particularly 1 1 to 13 carbon atoms. Mention may be made especially of n-nonadecane, n-deeane, n- undecane, n-dodecane, n-tridecane, n-tetradecane, n-pentadecane and n-hexadecane, and mixtures thereof.
  • Non- volatile hydrocarbon-based oils that may especially be mentioned include:
  • oils of plant origin such as phytostearyi esters, such as phytostearyl oleate, phytostearyi isostearate and lauroyl/octyldodecyi/phytostearyl glutamate; triglycerides ibrmed from fatty acid esters of glycerol, in particular whose fatty acids may have chain lengths ranging from C 4 to C- ⁇ and especially from Ci3 ⁇ 4 to C 3 6, these oils possibly being linear or branched, and saturated or unsaturated; these oils may especially be heptanoic or octanoic triglycerides, shea oil, alfalfa oil, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, millet oil, barley oil, quinoa oil, rye oil, candlenut oil, passionflower oil, shea butter oil, aloe oil, sweet almond oil, peach stone oil, groundnut oil, argan oil, avocado oil, baobab oil, borage oil, broccoli oil, calendul
  • hazelnut oil apricot kernel oil, walnut oil, olive oil, evening primrose oil, palm oil, blackcurrant pip oil, kiwi seed oil, grape seed oil, pistachio oil, pumpkin oil, quinoa oil, musk rose oil, sesame oil. soybean oil, sunflower oil, castor oil and watermelon oil, and mixtures thereof, or alternatively caprylic/capric acid triglycerides, such as those sold by the company Stearineries Dubois or those sold under the names Miglyol 810 ® 812 ® and 818 ffi> by the company Dynamit Nobel,
  • the esters may be chosen especially from fatly acid esters of alcohols, for instance cetostearyl oetanoate, isopropyl alcohol esters, such as isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, ethyl palmitate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate, isopropyl stearate, isopropyl isostearate, isostearyl isostearate, octyl stearate, hydroxylated esters, for instance isostearyl lactate, octyl hydroxystearate, diisopropyl adipate, heptanoates. and especially isostearyl heptanoate, alcohol or polya!coho!
  • octanoates decanoates or rfemoleates, for instance propylene glycol dioetanoate, cetyl octanoate, tridecyl octanoate, 2-ethylhexyl 4-diheptanoate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate, alkyl benzoates, polyethylene glycol diheptanoate, propylene glycol 2-diethyihexanoate, and mixtures thereof, Cj2 ⁇ Ci5 alcohol benzoates, hexyl laurate, neopentanoic acid esters, for instance isodecyl neopentanoate, isotridecyl neopentanoate, isostearyl neopentanoate, octyldodecyl neopentanoate, isononanoic acid esters, for instance isonon l isononanoate, is
  • - fatty alcohols that are liquid at room temperature, with a branched and/or unsaturated carbon-based chain containing from 12 to 26 carbon atoms, for instance 2- octyldodecaaol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, 2-hex.yldecano , 2-butyloctanol and 2- undecylpentadecanol,
  • Ci2-C 2 2 higher fatty acids such as oleic acid, liftoleic acid and linoienic acid, and mixtures thereof;
  • composition according to the invention also comprises at least isododecane.
  • the composition is free of additional non- silicone oil other than isododecane.
  • composition according to the invention contains between 0.1% and 98% of isododecane relative to its total weight.
  • the composition according to the invention contains between 5% and 95% of isododecane relative to its total weight.
  • composition according to the invention contains between 10% and 90% of isododecane relative to its total weight.
  • this isododecane concentration can vary as a function of the nature and the amount of combined silicone compoiund(s) according to the invention.
  • a composition according to the invention may also comprise at least one solid fatty substance especially chosen from waxes and/or pasty fatty substances.
  • the amount of pasty substance in the makeup and/or care composition according to the invention is between 0.5% and 50% by weight, especially from 1% to 40% by weight or even 2% to 30% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the composition is free of wax.
  • the composition comprises at least one wax.
  • the amount of wax(es) in the makeup and/or care composition according to the invention is between 0.5% and 30% by weight, especially from 1% to 20% by weight or even 2% to 1.5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • wax means a lipophilic compound thai is solid at room temperature (25°C), with a reversible solid/liquid change of state, having a melting point of greater than or equal to 30°C, which may be up to 200°C.
  • the waxes may be chosen from waxes of animal, plant, mineral or synthetic origin, and mixtures thereof.
  • hydrocarbon-based waxes for instance beeswax, lanolin wax and Chinese insect waxes
  • hydrogenated sunflower oil hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated coconut oil, hydrogenated lanolin oil and bis(l,l,i-tTimeihyloIpropane) tetrastearate.
  • Mention may also be made of silicone waxes and fluoro waxes.
  • the waxes obtained by hydrogenaiion of castor oil esterified with cetyl alcohol may also be used.
  • composition according to the invention may comprise at least one wax, especially a hydrocarbon-based wax.
  • the composition is tree of pasty fatty substances
  • the composition comprises at least one pasty fatty substance.
  • the amount of pasty fatty substance in the makeup and/or care composition according to the invention is between 0.5% and 30% by weight, especially from 1% to 20% by weight or even 2% to 15% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • pasty fatty substance refers to a lipophilic fatty compound with a reversible solid/liquid change of state and comprising, at a temperature of 23°C, a liquid fraction and a solid fraction.
  • the pasty compound preferably has a hardness at 20° C ranging from 0.001 to 0.5 MP a and preferably from 0,002 to 0.4 MP a.
  • the pasty compound is preferably chosen from synthetic compounds and compounds of plant origin. A pasty compound may be obtained by synthesis from starting materials of plant origin. Mention may be made especially, alone or as a mixture, of:
  • lanolin and derivatives thereof, such as lanolin alcohol, oxyethylenated lanolins, acetylated lanolin, lanolin esters such as isopropyl lanolate, and oxypropylenated lanolins,
  • - polymeric or non-polymeric fluoro compounds - vinyl polymers, especially olefin homopolymers; olefin copolymers; hydrogenated diene homopolymers and copolymers; linear or branched oligomers, homopolymers or copolymers of alkyl (nieth)acrylates preferably containing a Cg-Cso alkyl group; hoiriopolymer and copolymer oligomers of vinyl esters containing Cg-Cjo alkyl groups: homopolymer and copolymer oligomers of vinyl ethers containing Cg-Cso alkyl groups;
  • - liposol ble polyethers resulting from polyetherification between one or more C2C100 arid preferably C2-C50 diols; and especially copolymers of ethylene oxide and/or of propylene oxide with long-chain .CVC30 alkyleae oxides, more preferably such that the weight ratio of the ethylene oxide and/or the propylene oxide to the alkylene oxides in the copolymer is 5:95 to 70:30;
  • polyol ethers chosen from polyalkylene glycol pentaerythrityl ethers, fatty alcohol ethers of sugars, and mixtures thereof, polyethylene glycol pentaerythrityl ether comprising five oxyethylene (5 OE) units (CTFA name: PEG-5 pentaerythrityl ether), polypropylene glycol pentaerythrityl ether comprising five oxypropylene (S OP) units (CTFA name: PPG- 5 Pentaerythrityl Ether), and mixtures thereof;
  • esters and polyesters especially (i) esters of a glycerol oligomer, especially diglycerol esters, in particular condensates of adipic acid and of glycerol, tor which some of the hydroxy!
  • glycerols have reacted with a mixture of fatty acids such as stearic acid, capric acid, stearic acid and isostearic acid and 12- hydroxystearic acid; (ii) .phytosterol esters, (iii) pentaerythritol esters; (iv) esters formed from at least one alcohol, at least one of the alcohols being a Guerbet alcohol and from a diacid diraer formed from at least one unsaturated fatty acid; (v) non-crqsslinked polyesters resulting from polycondensation between a linear or branched C -C50 dicarboxylic acid or polycarboxylic acid, and a C2-C50 dio!
  • the aliphatic hydroxycarboxylic acid ester is advantageously derived from a hydroxylated aliphatic carboxylic acid containing 2 to 40 carbon atoms and 1 to 20 hydroxyl groups; (vni) aliphatic esters of esters chosen from the ester resulting from the esierifi cation reaction of hydrogenated castor oil with isostearic acid (hydrogenated castor oil mono-, di- or triisostearate).
  • the pasty compound may also he of plant origin. Mention may be made especially of isomerized jojoba oil, such as trans-iso ierized partially hydrogenated jojoba oil; orange wax, shea butter, partially hydrogenated olive oil, cocoa butter and mango oil.
  • isomerized jojoba oil such as trans-iso ierized partially hydrogenated jojoba oil; orange wax, shea butter, partially hydrogenated olive oil, cocoa butter and mango oil.
  • a makeup and/or care composition according to the invention may also comprise one or more fi!ler(s).
  • the composition is free of fillers.
  • the composition comprises at least one filler.
  • such fillers may be present in a proportion of from 0.01% to 35% by weight and preferably 0.1% to 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention when it is in the form of a skin makeup product more particularly of foundation type, comprises at least one filler.
  • fillers examples include talc, mica, silica, kaolin, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, Nylon (especially Orgasol) powde and polyethylene powder, Teflon, starch, boron nitride, copolymer microspheres such as Expancel (Nobel Industrie) and silicone resin microbeads (Tospearls from the company Momentive Performance Materials, and especially the reference Tospearl 145 A, for example); and also mixtures thereof.
  • talc mica, silica, kaolin, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, Nylon (especially Orgasol) powde and polyethylene powder, Teflon, starch, boron nitride, copolymer microspheres such as Expancel (Nobel Industrie) and silicone resin microbeads (Tospearls from the company Momentive Performance Materials, and especially the reference Tospearl 145 A, for example); and also mixtures thereof.
  • a composition according to the invention contains at least one filler that is capable of absorbing an oil.
  • a composition according to the invention comprises at least one filler with capacity for absorbing and/or adsorbing a liquid fatty substance, for instance sebum.
  • This oil-absorbing filler may also advantageously have a BET specific surface area of greater than or equal to 300 m7g, preferably greater than 500 m /g and preferentially greater than 600 m 2 /g, and especially less than 1500 m7g.
  • the BET specific surface area is determined according to the BET (Brunauer- Emmet-Teller) method described in the Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol. 60, page 309, February 1938 and corresponding to the international standard ISO 5794/1 (appendix D).
  • the BET specific surface area corresponds to the total specific surface area (thus including micropores) of the powder.
  • the tiller under consideration according to the invention is thus characterized in that it has an oil uptake of greater than or equal to 1 ml/g, especially ranging from 1 ml/g to 20 ml/g, or even ranging from 1.5 ml/g to 15 ml/g. It preferably lias an oil uptake of greater than or equal to 2 ml/g, especially ranging from 2 ml/g to 20 ml/g, or even ranging
  • This oil uptake which corresponds to the amount of oil absorbed and/or adsorbed by the filler, may be characterized by measuring the wei point according to the method described below.
  • the oil uptake of a powder is measured according to the method for determining the oil uptake of a powder are described in standard NF T 30-022. It corresponds to the amount of oil adsorbed onto the available surface of the pulverulent material, by measuring the wet point.
  • the oil uptake corresponds to the ratio V s/m.
  • This oil-absorbing filler may be a mineral powder or an organic powder; it may be chosen from silica, polyamide (Nylon®) powders, acrylic polymer powders, especially polymethyl methacrylate powder, polymethyl methacrylate/ethylene glycol ' dimethacrylate powder, poiyallyi emacrylate/ethylene glycol dimethacrylate powder or ethylene glycol dimethacaylate/lauryl methaciylate copolymer powder; powders of silicone elastomers obtained especially by polymerization of organopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogen atoms each bonded to a silicon atom and of an organopolysiloxane comprising at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups (especially two vinyl groups) in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
  • silica polyamide (Nylon®) powders
  • acrylic polymer powders especially polymethyl methacrylate powder, polymethyl methacrylate/ethylene glycol ' dimethacrylate powder, poi
  • the oil -absorbing filler may be a powder coated with a hydrophobic treatment agent.
  • Silica powders that may be mentioned include:
  • Sunsphere® H53 and Sunsphere® H33 oil uptake equal to 3.70 ml g) by the company Asahr Glass; MSS-500-3H by the company Kobo; Silica Beads SB-700 by the company Miyoshi,
  • silica silylate powders especially those sold under the name Dow Corning VM-2270 Aerogel Fine Particles by the company Dow Corning (oil uptake equal to 10.40 ml/g),
  • precipitated silica powders surface-treated with a mineral wax such as precipitated silica treated with a polyethylene wax. and especially those sold under the name Acematt OR 412 by the company Evonik-Degussa ⁇ oil uptake equal to 3.98 ml/g).
  • Acrylic polymer powders that may be mentioned include:
  • Microsponge 5640 porous polymethyl methacrylate/ethylene glycol dimethacrylate spheres sold under the name Microsponge 5640 by .
  • Cardinal Health Technologies oil uptake equal to 1.55 ml g
  • Ganzpearl® GMP-0820 by the company Ganz Chemical
  • Poiyamide powders that may be mentioned include;
  • a perlite powder that may especially be mentioned is the product sold under the name Optimat 1430 OR by the company Worid Minerals (oil uptake equal to 2.4 ml/g),
  • a magnesium carbonate powder that may especially be mentioned is the product sold under the name Tipo Carbomagel by the company Buscble & Lepper (oil uptake equal to 2.14 ml/g).
  • the oil-absorbing filler that is particularly preferred is a silica powder and more particularly a silica powder with an oil uptake at least equal to 3.70 ml/g, and especially the ' products sold under the name Sunsphere® H33 by the company Asahi Glass and under the name Dow Coming VM-2270 Aerogel Fine Particles by the company Dow Coming.
  • the filler(s) that are especially capable of absorbing a liquid fatty phase may be present in a composition according to the invention in a content ranging from 0.5% to 40% by weight, preferably ranging from 1% to 20% by weight and preferentially ranging from 1 % to 15% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention may use at least one filler and at least one supramoiecular polymer in a polymer(s)/oil ⁇ absorhing fiHer(s) weight ratio of greater than I, preferably greater than 1.5 and better still greater than 2.
  • a composition according to the invention contains at least one silicone filler.
  • the silicone filler may be chosen from:
  • organopolysiloxane powders coated with silicone resin and - polymethylsilsesquioxane powders
  • the organopolysiloxane powder may especially be coated with silsesquioxane resin, as described, for example, in patent US 5 538 793.
  • silsesquioxane resin as described, for example, in patent US 5 538 793.
  • Such elastorneric powders are sold under the names KSP-100, KSP-101 , KSP-102, KSP-103, KSP-104 and KSP-105 by the company Shin-Etsu, and have the INCI name: vinyl dimethicone/roetl icone silsesqui oxane crosspolymer.
  • Polymemylsilsesquioxane powders that may especially be mentioned include silicone resin mierobeads, such as those sold under the name Tospearl. by the company Momentive Performance Materials, and especially under the reference Tospearl 145 A; and mixtures thereof.
  • composition according to the invention may comprise a silicone filler chosen from organopolysiloxane powders coated with silicone resin and polymethylsilsesqmoxane powders.
  • a composition for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips according to the invention comprises at least one dyestuff. in particular at least one pulverulent dyestuff.
  • the dyestuff is especially chosen from organic or mineral dyestuffs, especially such as the pigments or nacres conventionally used in cosmetic compositions, liposoluble or water-soluble dyes, materials with a specific optical effect, and mixtures thereof.
  • the composition comprises at least one pig ent other than a nacre
  • pigments should be understood as meaning white or coloured, mineral or organic particles, which are insoluble in an aqueous solution and which are intended to colour and/or opacify the resulting film.
  • These pigments may be in the form of powder or of pigmentary paste. They may be coated or uiicoated.
  • mineral pigments that may be used in the invention, mention may be made of titanium oxide, zirconium oxide or cerium oxide, and also zinc oxide, iron oxide or chromium oxide, ferric blue, manganese violet, ultramarine blue and chromium hydrate.
  • the mineral pigments are chosen from iron oxides and titanium oxides, and mixtures thereof.
  • DPP diketopyrrolopyrroles
  • lake means dyes adsorbed onto insoluble particles, the assembly thus obtained remaining insoluble during use.
  • the pigments may also be in the form of composite pigments as described in patent EP 1 184 426. These composite pigments may be especially composed of particles comprising a mineral core, at least one binder for binding the organic pigments to the core, and at least one organic pigment at least partiall covering the core. According to one embodiment variant, a composition according to th invention contains at least one pigment other than a nacre.
  • nacres should be understood as meaning iridescent or non- iridescent coloured particles of any form, especially produced by certain molluscs in their shell, or else synthesized, and which have a colour effect by optical interference.
  • the nacres may be chosen from nacreous pigments such as titanium mica coated with an iron oxide, titanium mica coated with bismutli oxychloride, titanium mica coated with chromium oxide, titanium mica coated with an organ c dye and also nacreous pigments based on bismuth oxychloride. They may also be mica particles at the surface of which are superposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides and/or of organic dyestuffs.
  • nacres examples include natural mica coated with titanium oxide, with iron oxide, with natural pigment or with bismuth oxychloride.
  • nacres available on the market, mention may be made of the nacres Timiea, Flamenco and Duoehrome (based on mica) sold by the company Engelhard, the Timiron nacres sold by the company Merck, the Prestige mica-based nacres, sold by the company Eckart, and the Sunshine synthetic mica-based nacres, sold by the company Sun Chemical.
  • the nacres may more particularly have a yellow, pink, red, bronze, orange, brown, gold and/or coppery colour or tint.
  • nacres thai may be used in the context of the present invention, mention may be made especially of the gold-coloured nacres sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Brilliant gold 212G (Timica), Gold 222C (Cloisonne), Sparkle gold (Timica), Gold 4504 (Chromalite) and Monarch gold 233X (Cloisonne); the bronze nacres sold especially by the company Merck under the name Bronze fine (17384) (Colorona) and Bronze (17353) (Colorona) and by the company Engelhard under the name Super bronze (Cloisonne); the orange nacres sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Orange 363C (Cloisonne) and Orange MC 101 (Cosmica) and by the company Merck under the name Passion orange (Colorona) and Matte orange (17449) (Microna); the brown nacres sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Nu-antique copper 340XB (Cloisonne) and Brown CL450 (Chromalite); the bronze
  • the cosmetic composition according to the invention may also comprise w r ater- soluble or liposofubie dyes.
  • dyes should be understood as meaning compounds that are generall organic, which are soluble in fatty substances such as oils or in an aqueous-alcoholic phase.
  • the liposolubk dyes are, for example. Sudan red, DC Red 17, DC Green 6, ⁇ -carotene, soybean oil, Sudan brown. DC Yellow 1 1 , DC Violet 2, DC Orange 5 and quinoline yellow.
  • the water-soluble dyes are, for example, beetroot juice and caramel.
  • the cosmetic composition according to the invention may also contain at least one material with a specific optical effect,
  • the term "stabilized" means lacking an effect of variability of the colour as a function of the angle of observation or alternatively in response to a temperature change,
  • this material may be chosen from particles with a metallic tint, goniochroniatic colouring agents, diffracting pigments, thermochromi agents, optical brighteners, and also fibres, especially interference fibres.
  • goniochroniatic colouring agents for example, goniochroniatic colouring agents, diffracting pigments, thermochromi agents, optical brighteners, and also fibres, especially interference fibres.
  • diese variou materials may he combined so as to afford the simultaneous manifestation of two effects, or even of a novel effect in accordance with the invention.
  • the particles with a metallic tint that may be used in the invention are chosen in particular from:
  • particles comprising a mono-material or multi-material organic or mineral substrate, at least partially coated with at least one coat with a metallic tint comprising at least one metal and/or at least one metal derivative, and
  • metals that may be present in the said particles, mention may be made, for example, of Ag ; An, Cu, Al, Ni, Sn, Mg, Cr, Mo, Ti, Zr, Pt, Va, Rb, W, Zn, Ge, Te and Se, and mixtures or alloys thereof. Ag, Au, Cu, Al, Zn, Ni, Mo and Cr and mixtures or alloys thereof (for example bronzes and brasses) are preferred metals.
  • They may also be particles comprising a glass substrate, such as those sold by the company Nippon Sheet Glass , under the name Microglass Metashine.
  • the goniochrorriatic colouring agent may be chosen, for example, from interference multilayer structures and liquid-crystal colouring agents.
  • symmetrical interference multilayer structures that may be used in compositions produced in accordance with the invention are, for example, the following structures: Al/SiCVAl/SiCVAl, pigments having this structure being sold by the company Dupont de Nemours; Cr/MgF 2 /Al/MgF2/Cr, pigments having this structure being sold under the name Chromaflair by the company Flex;
  • these pigments may be the pigments of silica titanium oxide/tin oxide structure sold under the name Xirona Magic by the company Merck, the pigments of silica/brown iron oxide structure sold under the name Xirona Indian Summer by the company Merck and the pigments of silica titanium oxide/mica tin oxide structure sold under the name Xirona Caribbean Blue by the company Merck. Mention may also be made of the Infinite Colors pigments from the company Shiseido.
  • the colour changes from green-golden to red-grey for Si0 2 layers of 320 to 350 nm; from red to golden for Si(3 ⁇ 4 layers of 380 to 400 run; from violet to green for SiOi layers of 410 to 420 nm; from copper to red for SiC3 ⁇ 4 layers of 430 to 440 nm.
  • pigments with a polymeric multilayer structure examples include those sold by the company 3M under the name Color Glitter.
  • liquid-crystal goniochromatic particles that may be used include tliose sold by the company Chenix and also the product sold under the name Hebcone® HC by the company Wacker.
  • the amount of dyestuffs in a composition according to the invention is between 0.01 % and 40% by weight and especially between 0.1 % and 30% by weight, or even between 1% and 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention may also comprise an aqueous phase, which may represent 1 % to 80% by weiglit, especially 2% to 70% by weiglit or even 3% to 60% by weight relative to the total weiglit of the composition.
  • This aqueous phase may be formed essentially from water, or may comprise a mixture of water and of water-miscible solvent (miscibility in water of greater than 50% by weight at 25°C) chose especially from mon perennialobois containing 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as eihano!, isopropanol, glycols containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms such as propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, 1 ,3-but lene glycol, dipropylene glycol, C3-C4 ketones and C2-C4 aldehydes, and mixtures thereof.
  • compositions according to the invention are anhydrous.
  • a composition according to the invention may also comprise at least one surfactant, which may be present in a proportion of from 0.1% to 10% by weiglit, especially 0.5%) to 8% by weight, or even 1% to 6% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the surfactant may be chosen from amphoteric, anionic, cationic and nonionic, preferably nonionic, surfactants. Mention may especially be made, alone or as a mixture,, of:
  • nonionic surfactants with an HLB of less than 8 at 25°C optionally combined with one or more nonionic surfactants with an HLB of greater than 8 at 25 °C, as mentioned below, for instance:
  • - saccharide esters and ethers such as sucrose stearates, sucrose cocoate and sorbitan stearate, and mixtures thereof; ⁇ tatty acid esters, especially of -C2 and preferably of C16-C22, and of polyol, especially of glycerol or sorbitol, such as glyceryl stearate, glyceryl laurate, polyglyceryl-2 stearate, sorbitan tristearate and glyceryl riciiioleate;
  • ⁇ - lecithins such as soybean lecithins
  • ethers which may comprise 1 to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropylene groups
  • fatty alcohols especially of ( C and preferably C ⁇ -Cig alcohols) such as stearyl alcohol oxyethylene ether containing two oxyethylene units (CTFA name: Steareth-2);
  • silicone surfactants for instance dimethicone copolyol s and alkyldiinethicone copolyol s, for example the mixture of cyclomethicone/dimethicorie copolyol sold under the name Q2-3225C® by the company Dow Corning;
  • nonionic surfactants with an HLB of greater than or equal to 8 at 25°C, for instance:
  • saccharide esters and ethers such as the mixture of cetylsteary ' 3 glucoside and of cetyl and stearyl alcohols, for instance Montanov 68 from SEPPIC;
  • glycerol ethers which may comprise 1 to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropylene units;
  • - oxyethylenated and/or oxypropylenated ethers (which may comprise from I to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropylene units) of fatty alcohols, especially of Q-C24 an£ * preferably of Cu-Cie, such as stearyl alcohol oxyethylene ether containing 20 oxyethylene units (CTFA name: Steareth-20), eetearyl alcohol oxyethylene ether containing 30 oxyethylene units (Cetearelh-30) and the oxyethylene ether of the mixture of C12-C15 fatty alcohols comprising 7 oxyethylene units (C f 2 -is Pareth-7);
  • esters of a fatty acid especially of C8-C24 and preferably of C16-C22, and of polyethylene glycol (or PEG) (which may comprise 1 to ⁇ 50 oxyethylene units), such as
  • - esters of a fatty acid especially of C 8 -C 24 and preferably of Ci6-C22, and of oxyethylenated and/or oxypropylenated glycerol eiliers (which may comprise from 1 to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropylene units), for instance glyceryl monostearate polyoxyethylenated with 200 oxyethylene units; glyceryl stearate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units, glyceryl oleate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units, glyceryl cocoate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units, glyceryl isostearate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units and glyceryl laurate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units;
  • - esters of a fatty acid especially of Q-C24 preferably of C 16 -C22, and of oxyethylenated and/or oxypropyienated sorbitol ethers (which may comprise from 1 to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropvlene units), for instance polysorbate 20 and polysorbate 60;
  • EO/PO polycondensates which are copolymers formed from polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol blocks, for instance polyethylene giyeol polypropylene glycol/polyethylene glycol triblock polycondensates.
  • anionic surfactants such as:
  • atty acids especially amine sails, such as triethanolamine stearate or 2-ainino-2-methylpropane-l,3-diol stearate;
  • phosphoric esters and salts thereof such as DEA oleth-10 phosphate (Crodafos N 10N from the company Croda) or mono potassium monocetyl phosphate;
  • sulfosucdnates such as Disodium PEG-5 citrate lauryl sulfosuccinate and Disodium ricinoleamido MEA sulfosticcinate;
  • alkyl ether sulfates such as sodium lauryl ether sulfate
  • citrates for instance glyceryl stearate citrate
  • proline derivatives for instance sodium palmitoyl proline or the mixture of sodium palmitoyl sarcosinate, magnesium palmitoyl glutamate, palmitic acid and palmitoyl proline (Sepifeel One from SEPPIC); • lactylates, for instance 'sodium stearoyl lactylate;
  • sarcosinates for instance sodium palmitoyl sarcosinate or the 75/25 mixture of stearoyl sarcosine and myristoyl sarcosine;
  • glycinates for instance sodium cocoyl giycinate
  • cationic surfactants such as;
  • alkyUmidazolidiniums such as isostearylethylimidonium ethosulfate
  • - ammonium salts such as (Ci2-3o alkyi)tri(Ci- alkyl)ammonium halides, for instance N,N, ⁇ trimeth l-l-docosanaminium chloride (or behentrimonium chloride);
  • amphoteric surfactants for instance N-acyl amino acids, such as alkylaminoacetates and disodium cocoaaaphodiacetate, and amine oxides such stearamine oxide.
  • a makeup and/or care composition according to the invention may also comprise at least one agent usually used in cosmetics, chosen, for example, from reducing agents, thickeners, film-forming agents that are especially hydrophobic, silicone elastomers, softeners, antifoams, moisturizers, UV-s areeaing agents, ceramides; cosmetic active agents; peptizers, fragrances, proteins, vitamins, propellants, hydrophilic or lipophilic, film-forming or non-fllm-forming polymers; lipophilic or hydrophilic gelling agents.
  • the above additives are generally present in an amount for each of them of between 0.01% and 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. Needless to say, a person skilled in the art will take ⁇ care to select the constituents of the composition such that the advantageous properties associated with the inventioxi are not, or are not substantially, adversely affected.
  • composition according to the invention may also comprise a thickener.
  • the thickener may be chosen from:
  • organomodified clays which are clays treated with compounds chosen especially from quaternary amines and tertiary amines.
  • Organomodified days that ma be mentioned include organomodified bentoniies, such, as the product sold under the name Bentone 34 by the company Rheox, and organomadified hectorites such as the products sold under the names Bentone 27 and Bentone 38 by the company Rheox,
  • Such silicas are sold, for example, under the references Aerosil R812® by the company Degussa and Cab-O-Sil TS-530 ⁇ by the company Cabot, and under the references Aerosil R972® and. Aerosil R974® by the company Degussa and Cab-O-Sii TS-610® and Cab-O-Sil TS-720® by the company Cabot.
  • the thickener may be present in a content ranging from 0,1% to 5% by weight and better still from 0.4% to 3% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention may contain at least one film-forming polymer, which is in particular hydrophobic.
  • a cosmetic makeup composition according to the invention may comprise from 0,1% to 30%, preferably from 0.2% to 20% by weight and even more preferentially from 0.5% to 15% by weight of hydrophobic film- forming a polyraerfs).
  • This hydrophobic film-fomiing organic polymer may be a polymer chosen from the group comprising: polyamide .
  • composition according to the invention may comprise, as hydrophobic fihn-forming polymer, at least one silicone resin.
  • silicone resins that may be used in the compositions according to the invention, use may be made, for example, of silicone resins of MQ type, of T type or of MQT type.
  • MQ resins As examples of silicone resins of MQ type, mention may e made of the alky! siloxysilicates of formula (MQ units) in which x and y are integers ranging from 50 to 80, and such mat the group Rl represents a radical as defined previously, and is preferably an alkyl group containing from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group.
  • solid silicone resins of MQ type of trimethyl siioxysilicate type mention may be made of those sold under the reference SRiOOO by the company General Electric, under the reference TMS 803 by the company Wacker, or under the name KF-7312J by the company Shin-Etsu or DC749 or DC593 by the company Dow Corning.
  • silicone resins comprising MQ siioxysilicate units
  • phenylalkylsiloxvsilicate resins such as phenylpropyldimethylsiloxysilicate (Silshine 151 sold by the company General Electric).
  • the preparation of such resins is described especially in patent US 5 817 302, T resins:
  • silicone resins of type T examples include the polysilsesquioxanes of formula (RSiC ⁇ x (units T) in which x is greater than 100 and such that the group R is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, the said polysilsesquioxanes also possibly comprising Si-OH end groups.
  • Polymethylsilsesquioxaiie resins that may preferably be used are those in which R represents a methyl group, for instance those sold:
  • wiiich may also comprise up to 1% by weight units (units D) and having an average molecular weight of abou 10 000 g mol, or
  • a preferred form of resins of MQT type are MQT-propyl (also known as MQTPR) resins.
  • MQT-propyl resins Such resins that may be used in the compositions according to the invention are especially the resins described arid prepared in patent application WO 2005/075 542, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the silicone resin is chosen from the group comprising: a) a resin of MQ type, chosen especially from (i) alkyl siloxysilicates, which may be trimethyl siloxysilicates, of formula in which x and y are integers ranging from 50 to 80, and such that the group Rl represents a hydrocarbon-based radical containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a phenylalkyl group or a hydroxyl group, and preferably is an alky] group containing from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group, and (ii) phenylalkyl siloxysilicate resins, such as phenylpropyldimethyl siloxysilicate, and/or
  • a resin of MQT type especially of MQT-propyl type, which may comprise units (i) (Rl 3 SiO, /2 )a, (ii) (R2 2 Si0 2 2)b, (SQ (R3Si0 3/2 )c and (iv) Si0 4/2 )d ,
  • Rl , R2 and R3 independently representing a hydrocarbon-based radical, especially alkyl, containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a phenylalkyl group or a hydroxyl group and preferably an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a phenyl group,
  • d being between 0.05 and 0.6
  • Lipodispersible film-forming polymers m the form of nog-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles, also known as NADs
  • composition according to the invention may comprise, as hydrophobic film-forming polymer, at least one polymer chosen from lipodispersible film-forming polymers in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles, also known as NADs.
  • Non-aqueous dispersions of hydrophobic film-forming polymer that may be used include dispersions of particles of a grafted ethyl enic polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer, in a liquid oily phase:
  • the dispersion of surface- stabilized polymer particles may be manufactured as described in document EP-A-749 747.
  • the polymer particles may in particular be surface- stabilized by means of a stabilizer that may be a block polymer, a grafted polymer and/or a random polymer, alone or as a mixture.
  • Dispersions of film- forming polymer in the liquid fatty phase, in the presence of stabilizers are especially described in documents EP-A-748 746, EP-A-923 928 and EP-A-930 060, the content of which is incorporated by reference into the present patent application.
  • dispersions of ethylenic polymer particles dispersed in the absence of additional stabilizer at the surface of the said particles are used,
  • polymers of N AD type that may be mentioned more particularly include acrylic dispersions in isododecane, for instance Mexomer PAP ⁇ (acrylic copolymer as a dispersion in isododecane (25%) with pyrene/isoprene copolymer) sold by the company Chimex.
  • Mexomer PAP ⁇ acrylic copolymer as a dispersion in isododecane (25%) with pyrene/isoprene copolymer
  • the film-forming polymer is a block ethylenic copolymer, containing at least a first block with a glass transition temperature (Tg) of greater than or equal to 40°C and being totally or partly derived from one or more first monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of greater than or equal to 40°C, and at least a second block with a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C and being derived totally or ' partly from one or more second monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from tliese monomers has a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C, the said first block and the said, second block being connected together via a statistical intermediate segment comprising at least one of the said first constituent monomers of the first block and at least one of the said second constituent monomers of the second block, and the said block copolymer having a polydispersity index I of greater than 2.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • the block polymer used according to. the invention thus comprises at least one first block and at least one second block, and is prepared exclusively from monofunctional monomers.
  • the block ethylenic polymer used according to the present invention does not contain any multifunctional monomers, which make it possible to break the linearity of a polymer so as to obtain a branched or even crosslinked polymer, as a function of the content of multifunctional monomer,
  • the polymer used according to the invention does not, either, contain any macromonomers (the term "macromonomer” means a monofunctional monomer containing pendent groups of polymeric nature, and preferably having a molecular mass of greater than 500 g rnol, or alternatively a polymer comprising on only one of its ends a polymerizable (or ethyleoically unsaturated) end group), which are used in the preparation of a grafted polymer.
  • macromonomers the term "macromonomer” means a monofunctional monomer containing pendent
  • block polymer means a polymer comprising at least two different blocks and preferably at least three different blocks
  • emylenic polymer means a polymer obtained by polymerization of ethylenically unsaturated monomers.
  • Hie first block and the second block of the polymer used in the invention may be advantageously mutually incompatible.
  • mutant blocks means that the mixture formed from a polymer corresponding to the first block and from a polymer corresponding to the second block is not m scihle the polymerization solvent that is in major amount by weight for the block polymer, at room temperature (25°C) and atmospheric pressure (10 s Pa), for a content of the mixture of the said polymers of greater than or equal to 5% by weight, relative to th total weight of the mixture of the said polymers and of the said polymerization solvent, it being understood that:
  • the said polymers are present in the mixture its a content such that the respective weight ratio ranges from 10/90 to 90/10, and that
  • each of the polymers corresponding to the first and second blocks has an average (weight-average or number-average) molecular mass equal to that of the block polymer ⁇ 15%.
  • the said polymer mixture is immiscible in at least one of them.
  • this solvent is the solvent that is in major amount.
  • the block polymer according to the invention comprises at least a first block and at least a second block that are connected together via an intermediate segment comprising at least one constituent monomer of the first block and at least one constituent monomer of the second block.
  • the intermediate segment also known as the intermediate block
  • the intermediate segment has a glass transition temperature Tg that is between the glass transition temperatures of the first and second blocks.
  • the Intermediate segment is a block comprising at least one constituent monomer of the first block and at least one constituent monomer of the second block of the polymer allowing these blocks to be "compatibilized".
  • the intermediate segment comprising at least one constituent monomer of the first block and at least one constituent monomer of the second block of the block polymer is a statistical polymer.
  • the intermediate block is derived essentially from constituent monomers of the first block and of the second block.
  • the term "essentially” means at least 85%, preferably .at least 90%, better still 95% and even better still 100%.
  • the block polymer according to the invention is advantageously a film-forming block ethyl enic polymer.
  • ethyl enic polymer means a polymer obtained by polymerization of ethylenically unsaturated monomers.
  • film-forming polymer means a polymer that is capable of forming, by itself or in the presence of an auxiliary film-forming agent, a continuous deposit on a support, especially on keratin materials.
  • the polymer according to the invention does not comprise any silicon atoms in its backbone.
  • backbone means the main chain of the polymer, as opposed to the pendent side chains.
  • the polymer according to the invention is not water-soluble, i.e. the polymer is not soluble in water or in a mixture of water and linear or branched lower monoaicohols containing from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, for instance ethanol, isopropanol or n- propanoL without modifying the H, at the solids content of at least 1% by weight, at room temperature (25°C).
  • the polymer according to the invention is not an elastomer.
  • the polydispersity index of the polymer of the invention is greater than 2, for example ranging from 2 to 9.
  • it is greater than or equal to 2.5, for example ranging from 2.5 to 8, and better still greater than or equal to 2.8 and especially ranging from 2.8 to 6.
  • the polydispersity index I of the polymer is equal to the ratio of the weight-average molecular mass Mw to the number-average molecular mass Mn.
  • the weight- average molar mass (Mw) and number-average molar mass (Mn) are determined by gel permeation liquid chromatography (THF solvent, calibration curve established with linear polystyrene standards, refractornetric detector).
  • the weight-average mass (Mw) of the polymer according to the invention is preferably less than or equal to 300 000; it ranges, for example, from 35 000 to 200 000 and better still from 45 000 to 150 000 g/mol.
  • the number-average mass (Mn) of the polymer according to the invention is preferably less than or equal to 70 000; it ranges, for example, from 10 000 to 60 000 and better still from 12 000 to 50 000 g mol.
  • the block with a Tg of greater than or equal to 40°C has. for example, a Tg ranging from 40 to 150°C, preferably greater than or equal to 50°C, for example ranging from 50°C to 120°C and better still greater than or equal to 60°C, for example ranging from 60°C to 120°C.
  • the glass transition temperatures indicated for the first and second blocks may be theoretical Tg values determined from the theoretical Tg values of the constituent monomers of each of the blocks, which may be found in a reference manual such as the Polymer Handbook, 3rd Edition, 1989, John Wiley.
  • the block with a Tg of greater than or equal to 40°C may be a homopolymer or a copolymer.
  • the block with a Tg of greater than or equal to 40°C may be derived totally or partially from one or more monomers which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of greater than or equal to 40°C.
  • This block may also be referred to as a "rigid block”.
  • this block is a homopolymer, it is derived from only one type of monomer for which the Tg of the corresponding homopolymer is greater than or equal to 40°C.
  • the first block in the case where the first block is a copolymer, it may be totally or partially derived from one or more monomers, the nature and concentration of which are chosen such that the Tg of the resulting copolymer is greater than or equal to 40°C.
  • the copolymer may comprise, for example:
  • Tg values of greater than or equal to 40°C, for example a Tg ranging from 40 to 150°C, preferably greater than or equal to 50°C, for example ranging from 50°C to 120°C and better still greater than or equal to 60°C ; for example ranging from 6Q°C to 120°C, nd
  • - monomers which are such that the homopolymers prepared from these monomers have Tg values of less than 40 C 'C, chosen from monomers with a Tg of between 20 and 40°C and/or monomers with a Tg of less than or equal to 20°C, for example a Tg ranging from -100 to 20°C, preferably less than 15°C, especially ranging from -80°C to 15°C and better still less than 10°C, for example ranging from -50°C to 0°C, as described later.
  • the monomers and the proportions thereof are preferably chosen such that the glass transition temperature of the first block is greater than or equal to 40°C.
  • the first monomers whose homopo!yrners have a glass transition temperature of greater than or equal to 40°C are chosen, preferably, from the following monomers, also known as the main monomers:
  • Ri represents a linear or branched unsubstituted alkyl group containing from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl or isobutyl group or R; represents a C 4 to Cs 2 cycloalkyl group, preferably a C 8 to C 12 cycloalkyl, such as isobornyl methacrylate,
  • R 2 represents a C 4 to C12 cycloalkyl group such as an isobornyl group or a tert-butyl group
  • R 7 and Rg which may be identical or different, each represent a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched C; to C 12 alkyl group such as an n-butyl, t-butyl, isopropyl, isohexyl, isooctyl or isononyl group; or R 7 represents H and Rg represents a 1 ,1 - dimethyl -3 -oxobutyl group, and
  • - R' denotes H or methyl.
  • monomers that may be mentioned include N-butylacrylaniide, N-tert-butyla lamide, N-isopropylacrylaniide, N,N ⁇ dimethylacryi .amide and ⁇ , ⁇ -dibutylacrylamide,
  • R' 2 represents a C4 to C 1 2 cycloalkyl group, preferably a C 3 ⁇ 4 to Ci? cycloalkyl, such as isobornyl.
  • R 2 and R'2 represents, independently or simultaneously, an isobornyi group.
  • the "first block may be obtained exclusively from the said acrylate monomer and from the said methacrylate monomer.
  • these monomers are in mass proportions of between 30/70 and 70/30, preferably between 40/60 and 60/40, especially about 50/50,
  • the proportion of the first block advantageously ranges f om 20% to 90%, better still from 30% to 80% and even better still from 60% to 80% by weight of the polymer.
  • the first block is obtained by polymerization of isobornyi methacrylate and isobornyi acrylate.
  • the second block advantageously has a glass transition temperature Tg of less than or equal to 20°C, for example, a Tg ranging from -100 to 20°C. preferably less than or equal to 15 C C, especially ranging from -80°C to 15°C and better still less than or equal to 10°C, for example ranging from. -100°C to 10°C, especially ranging from -30°C to 10°C.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • the second block is totally or partially derived from one or more second monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C.
  • the monomer with a Tg of less than or equal to 20°C (known as the second monomer) is preferably chosen from the following monomers:
  • R3 representing a linear or branched C ⁇ to C 12 unsubstituted alkyl group, with the exception of the tert-butyl group, in which one or more heteroaioms chosen from O, N and S are optionally intercalated,
  • R 4 representing linear or branched Q to C12 unsubstituted alkyl group, in which one or more heteroaioms chosen from O, N and S are optionally intercalated;
  • R5 represents a linear or branched C4 to C12 alkyl group
  • the preferred monomers with a Tg of less than or equal to 20°C are isobutyl acrylate, 2-efhy!hexyl acrylate or mixtures thereof in all proportions.
  • Each, of the first and second blocks may contain in small proportion at least one constitu ent monomer of th e other block.
  • Each of the first and/or second blocks may comprise, in addition to the monomers indicated above, one or more other monomers known as additional monomers, which are different from the main monomers mentioned above.
  • This additional monomer is chosen, for example, from (meih)acrylic acid, preferably acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof.
  • the additional monomer may represent 0.5% to 30% by weight relative to the weight of the polymer. According to one embodiment, the polymer of the invention does not contain any additional monomer.
  • the first block does not comprise any additional monomer.
  • the second block comprises acrylic acid as additional monomer.
  • the polymer of the invention comprises at least isobomyl acrylate and isobomyl methacrylate monomers in the first block and isobiityl acrylate and acrylic acid monomers in the second block.
  • the polymer comprises at least isobomyl acrylate and isobomyl methacrylate monomers in equivalent weight proportion in the first block and isobutyl acrylate and acrylic acid monomers in the second block.
  • the first block represents 70% by weight of the polymer.
  • the acrylic acid represents 5% by weight of the polymer.
  • the block copolymer may advantageously comprise more than 2% by weight of acrylic acid monomers, and especially from 2% to 15% by weight, for example from 3% to 15% by weight, in particular from 4% to 15% by weight or even from 4% to 10% by weight of acrylic acid monomers, relative to the total weight of the said copolymer.
  • the block copolymer comprises from 50% to 80% by weight of isobomyl methacrylate/acrylate. from 10% to 30% by weight of isobutyl acryiate and from 2% to 10% by weight of acrylic acid.
  • the intermediate segment (also known as the intermediate block) connects the first block and the second block of the polymer used according to the present invention.
  • the intermediate segment results from the polymerization:
  • the formation of the second block is initiated when the first monomers no longer react or are no longer incorporated into the polymer chain either because they are all cons gned or because their reactivity no longer allows them to be.
  • the intermediate segment comprises the first available monomers, resulting from a degree of conversion of these first monomers of less than or equal to 90%, during the introduction of the second monomer(s) during the synthesis of the polymer.
  • the intermediate segment of the block polymer is a statistical polymer (which may also be referred to as a statistical block). This means that it comprises a statistical distribution of the first monomer(s) and of the second monomer(s) and also of the additional monomer(s) that may be present.
  • the intermediate segment is a statistical block, as are the first block and the second block if they are not homopolymers (i.e. if the are both formed from at least two different monomers).
  • the block ethylenic copolymer according to the invention is prepared by free radical polymerizatioo, according to the techniques that are well known for this type of polymerization. In particular, it may be prepared according to the process described in patent application F 0 953 625, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the block ethylenic copolymer is present in the composition in an active material content ranging from 0.1% to 60%, better still from 0.5% to 50%, better still from 1 % to 30% and even better still from 1% to 40% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • a composition according to the invention comprises, as hydrophobic film-fonTiing polymer, at least one polyamide silicone block polymer, also known as a silicone polyamide.
  • the silicone polyamides are preferably solid at room temperature (25°C) and atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg),
  • polymer means a compound containing at least two repeating units, preferably at least three repeating units and better still ten repeating units.
  • the silicone polyamides of the composition of the invention may be polymers of the polyorganosiloxane type, for instance those described in documents US-A- 5 874 069, US-A-5 919 4 1, US-A-6 051 216 and US-A-5 981 680. According to the invention, the silicone polymers may belong to the following two families:
  • polyorganosiloxanes comprising at least two amide groups, these two groups being located in the polymer chain, and/or
  • polystyrene resin comprising at least two amide groups, these two groups being located on grafts or branches.
  • a polymer may also be used comprising at least one unit of formula (III) or (IV):
  • R - R , R , R and R . ' which may be identical or different, represent a group chosen from:
  • polyorganosiloxane chains possibly containing one or more oxygen, sulfur and/or ni trogen atoms ,
  • the groups X which may be identical or different, represent a linear or branched CI-C30 alky!enediyl group, possibly containing in its chain one or more oxygen and'Or nitrogen atoms;
  • Y is a saturated or unsaturated C3 to C50 linear or branched alkylene, arylene, eyeloaikylene, alkyiarylene or arylalkylene divalent group, which may comprise one or more oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms, and'Or may bear as substituent one of the following atoms or groups of atoms: fluorine, hydroxy!, C3 to Cg cyeloalkyl, Q to C 40 alkyl, C5 to C 3 ⁇ 4 o aryl, phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Ci to C 3 alkyl, C ⁇ to C3 hydroxyalkyl and Ci to aminoalkyl. groups, or
  • Y represents a group corresponding to the formula:
  • T represents a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, C3-C24 irivalent or tetravalent hydrocarbon- ased group optionally substituted with a polyorganosiloxane chain, and possibly containing one or more atoms chosen from O, and S, or T represents a trivalent atom chosen from N, P and Al, and
  • R s represents a linear or branched C1-C50 alkyl group or a polyorganosiloxane chain, possibly comprising one or more ester, amide, urethane, thiocarbamate, urea, thiourea and/or sulfonamide groups, which may possibly be linked to another ch ain of the polymer; and
  • n is an integer ranging from 2 to 500 and preferably from 2 to 200
  • m is an integer ranging from ! to 1000, preferably from 1 to 700 and better still from 6 to 200.
  • 80% of the groups R 4 . R 5 , R 6 and R. ? of the polymer are preferably chosen from methyl, ethyl, phenyl and 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl groups.
  • Y can represent various divalent groups, furthermore optionally comprising one or two free valencies to establish bonds with other moieties of the polymer or copolymer.
  • Y represents a group chosen from:
  • Cj to C20 aikylene groups comprising from 1 to 5 amide groups.
  • C ⁇ to C 20 alkylene groups comprising one or more substituents chosen from hydroxy!, C3 to Cg cycioaikane, C ⁇ to C 3 hydroxyaikyi and C ⁇ to C , alkylamine groups,
  • R 4 , R 3 , R 6 , R', T and m are as defined above, and
  • m ranges from ! to 700, in particular from 15 to 500 and especially from 50 to 200, and n ranges in particular from 1 to 500, preferably from 1 to 100 and better still from 4 to 25,
  • X is preferably a linear or branched alkylene chain containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, in particular 1 to 20 carbon atoms, especially from 5 to 15 carbon atoms and more particularly 10 carbon atoms, and
  • Y is preferably an alkylene chain that is linear or branched, or which may comprise rings and/or unsaturations, containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, in particular 1 to 20 carbon atoms and better still from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, in particular 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group representing X or Y can optionally contain in its alkylene part at least one of the following components:
  • alkylene groups may also be substituted with at least one component chosen from the group consisting of:
  • a phenyl group optionally substituted with one to three C; to C 3 alkyl groups,
  • Y may also represent; in which Rg represents a polyorganosiloxane chain and T represe ts a group of formula:
  • a, b and c are, independently, integers ranging from I to 10, and R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a group such as those defined for R ' , R . , R ⁇ and R ' ,
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 preferably represent, independently, a linear or branched C ⁇ to C 0 alkyl group, preferably a CHs, C2H5, 11-C3H7 or isopropyl group, a polyorganosiloxane chain or a phenyi group optionally substituted with one to three methyl or ethyl groups.
  • the polymer may comprise identical or different units of formula (III) or (IV).
  • composition according to the invention comprises at least one polydimethylsiloxane block polymer of general formulae (ill) arid (IV) with an index m of about 15,
  • the composition according to the invention comprises at least one polymer comprising at least one unit of formula. (Ill) in which m ranges from 5 to 100, in particular from 10 to 75 and even more paiticuiarly is about 15; even more preferably, 4, R 5 , R 6 and R 7 independently represent a linear or branched Q to C40 alkyl group, preferably a group C33 ⁇ 4, €1 ⁇ 23 ⁇ 4 n-CiH ? or isopropyl in formula (III),
  • the composition according to the invention comprises at least one polydimethylsiloxane block polymer of general formulae (IE) and (IV) with an index m of about 100.
  • the composition according to the invention comprises at least one polymer comprising at least one unit of formula (III) in which m ranges from 50 to 200, in particular from 75 to 150 and even more particularly is about 100; even more preferably, R 4 , R. s , R 6 and R 7 independently represent a linear or branched Cj to C4.3 alkyl group, preferably a group CH3, C2H5, -3 ⁇ 4 ⁇ 7 or isopropyl in formula (Hi).
  • silicone polymers that may preferably be used according to this embodiment, mention may be made of the silicone polyamides sold by the company Dow Corning under the name DC 2-8179 (DP 100).
  • the silicone polyamide comprises units of formula ⁇ preferably in which the groups R4, R5, R6 and R7 represent methyl groups, one from among X and Y represents an alkyl ene group of 6 carbon atoms and the other represents an alkylene group of I t carbon atoms, n representing the degree of polymerization, DP, of the polymer.
  • silicone polyamides By way of example of such silicone polyamides, mention may be made of the compounds sold by the company Dow Corning under the names DC 2-8179 (DP 100) and DC 2-8178 (DP 15), the INCI name of which is ylon-611/dimethicone copolymer. e) Vinyl polymer comprising at least one carbosiloxanc dendrimer-based unit
  • a composition used according to the invention may comprise, as hydrophobic film-forming polymer, at least one vinyl polymer comprising at least one carbosiioxane dendrimer-based unit.
  • the vinyl polymer may especially have a backbone and at least one side chain, which comprises a carbosiioxane dendrimer structure.
  • carbosiioxane dendrimer structure in the context of the present invention represents a structure with branched groups of high molecular masses, the said .structure having high regularity in the radial direction starting from the bond to the backbone.
  • Such carbosiioxane dendrimer structures are described in the form of a highly branched siloxane-silylalkylene copolymer in the laid-open Japanese patent application Kokai 9-171 154.
  • the vinyl polymer grafted with a carbosiioxane dendrimer used comprises at least one butyl acrylate monomer.
  • the vinyl polymer also comprises at least one fluoro organic group.
  • C3 ⁇ 4r CHCOO-C3 ⁇ 4CF 3 .
  • the vinyl polymers represented by the formulae presented below are particularly preferable:
  • vinyl polymers grafted within the meaning of the present invention are conveyed in an oil, which is preferably volatile, chosen from silicone oils and/or hydrocarbon-based oils.
  • the silicone oil may be cy clopentasi 1 oxane.
  • a hydrocarbon-based oil may be isododecane.
  • Vinyl polymers grafted with at least one carbosiloxane dendrinier-hased unit that may be particularly suitable for use in the prese t invention are the polymers sold 5 under the names TIB 4-100, TIB 4-101 , TIB 4-120, TIB 4-130, TTB 4-200, FA 4002 ID (TIB 4-202), TIB 4-220 and FA 4001 CM (TIB 4-230) by the company Dow Corning.
  • the vinyl polymer grafted with at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit that may he used in a composition of the invention is an acr late/poiytrimethyl siloxymethacrylate copolymer, especially the product sold in I Q isododecane under the name Dow Coming FA 4002 ID Silicone Acrylate by the company Dow Coming.
  • copolymer comprising carboxylate groups and polydirnethylsiloxane groups means a copolymer obtained from 0 (a) one or more carboxylic (acid or ester) monomers, and (b) one or more polydirnethylsiloxane (PDMS) chains.
  • the term "carboxylic monomer” means both carboxylic acid monomers and carboxylic acid ester monomers.
  • the monomer (a) may be chosen, for example, from acrylic acid, methacryiic acid, maleie acid, fumaric acid, 5 itaeomc acid, crotonie acid, esters thereof and mixtures of these monomers.
  • Esters that may be mentioned include the following monomers: acrylate, methacrylate, maleate, fumarate, itaconate and/or crotonate.
  • the monomers in ester form are more particularly chosen from linear or branched, preferably C1-C24 and better still C1 -C22 alkyl acrylates and roethacrylates, the alkyl radical 0 preferably being chosen f om methyl, ethyl, stearyl, butyl and 2-ethylhexyl radicals, and mixtures thereof.
  • the copolymer comprises as carboxylate groups at least one group chosen from acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and methyl, ethyL stearyl, butyl or 2-ethylhexy ) aerylate or methacrylate. and mixtures thereof.
  • polydimethylsiloxanes also known as organopolysiloxanes and abbreviated as PDMS
  • PDMS polydimethylsiloxanes
  • the PDMS chains that may be used to obtain the copolymer used according to the invention comprise at least one polymerizable radical group, preferably located on at least one of the ends of the chain, i.e. the PDMS may contain, for example, a polymerizable radical group on the two ends of the chain or one polymerizable radical group on one end of the chain and one trimethylsilyl end group on the other end of the chain.
  • copolymers used in the composition of the invention are generally obtained according to the usual methods of polymerization and grafting, for example by free-radical polymerization (A) of a PDMS comprising at least one polymerizable radical group (for example on one of the ends of the chain or on both ends) and (B) of at least one carboxylic monomer, as described, for example, in documents TJS-A-5 061 481 and US-A- 5 219 560.
  • the copolymers obtained generally have a molecular weight ranging from about 3000 to 200 000 and preferably from about 5000 to 100 000.
  • the copolymer used in the composition of the invention may he in its native form . or in dispersed form in a solvent such as lower alcohols containing from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, for instance isopropyi alcohol, or oils, for instance volatile silicone oils (for example cyclopentasiloxane).
  • a solvent such as lower alcohols containing from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, for instance isopropyi alcohol, or oils, for instance volatile silicone oils (for example cyclopentasiloxane).
  • copolymers that may be used in the composition of the invention, mention may he made, for example, of copolymers of acrylic acid and of stearyl acrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of acrylic acid and of stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of methyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts.
  • CTFA name acrylates/dimethicone and cyclopentasiloxane
  • P561 is preferably used; this copolymer is not dispersed in a solvent, but is in waxy form, its melting point being about 30°C.
  • a composition of the invention may comprise, besides said supramoleeular polymer(s) and said silicone compound(s) according to the invention, at least one silicone resin,
  • a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one supramoleeular polymer according to the invention, at least one phenyl nonvolatile silicone oil and at least one silicone resin.
  • a composition according to the invention advantageously makes it possible to obtain a composition with improved properties in terms of adhesion to the skin and/or the lips.
  • a composition according to the inveiition may comprise, besides a silicone filler, at least one silicone elastomer, in other words an organopolysiloxane elastomer.
  • organopolysiloxane elastomer means a deformable, flexible organopolysiloxane with viscoelastic properties a d especially the consistency of a sponge or of a supple sphere. Its modulus, of elasticity is such that this material withstands deformation and has limited stretchability and contractability. This material is capable of regaining its original shape after stretching.
  • the organopolysiloxane elastomer is obtained by crosslinkmg addition reaction (A) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded ⁇ o a silicon, and (B) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at. least two ethylenically unsaturated groups bonded to silicon, especially in the presence (C) of a platinum catalyst, as described, for instance, in patent application EP-A-295 886.
  • the organopolysiloxane elastomer may be obtained by reaction of a dimethylpolysiioxane with dimethylvinylsiloxy . end groups and of methylhydrogenopolysiioxane with trimethylsiioxy end groups, in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
  • Compound (A) may especially be chosen from methylhydrogenopolysiloxanes containing trimethylsiioxy end groups, dimethyl, siloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane copolymers containing trimethylsiioxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane- methylhydrogenostloxane eyerie copolymers.
  • the organopolysiloxahes (B) may be chosen in particular from methylvinylpolysiloxanes, methylvinylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymers, dimeihylpolysiloxanes containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane- methylphenylsiloxane copolymers containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, dimethyl si loxane-di phenyl si loxane-meihyl vinylsiloxane copol ym ers containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane copolymers containing trimethylsiioxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane-methylphenylsiloxane- methyl vinylsiloxane copolymers containing trimethylsiioxy end groups, methyl(3 s 3 5 3- trifl
  • compound (A) it is advantageous for compound (A) to be added in an amount such that the molecular ratio between the total amount of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms in compound (A) and the total amount of all the ethyienicaliy unsaturated groups in compound (B) is within the range from 1.5/1 to 20/1.
  • Compound (C) is the catalyst for the cross I inking reaction, and is especially chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid- alkeriyisi!oxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black and platinum on a support.
  • the catalyst (C) is preferably added in an amount of' from 0.1 to 1000 parts by weight and better still from 1 to 100 parts by weight, as clean platinum metal, per 1000 parts by weight of the total amount of compounds (A) and (B),
  • the elastomer is advantageously a non-emulsifying elastomer.
  • non-emulsifying defines organopolysiloxane elastomers not containing a hydrophilic chain, and in particular not containing any polyoxyalkylene units (especially polyoxyetbylene or polyoxypropylene) or on any polygiyceryl units.
  • the organopolysi oxane elastomer particles are conveyed in the form of a gel formed from an eiastomeric organopolysiloxane included in at least one hydrocarbon- based oil and/or one silicone oil. in these gels, the organopolysiloxane particles are often non-spherical particles.
  • Non-emulsifying elastomers are especially described in patents EP 242 21 , EP 285 886 and EP 765 656 and in patent application JP-A-61-1 4 009, the content of which is incorporated by way of reference.
  • Spherical non-emulsifying elastomers that may be used include those sold under the names DC 9040, DC 9041, DC 9509, DC 9505 and DC 9506 by the company Dow Coming.
  • Organopolysiloxane elastomers with groups MQ such as those sold by the company Wacker under the names BeSsil RG100, Beisil RPG33 and, preferentially, RG80 may also be used in the compositions according to the invention.
  • the elastomer may also he an emulsifying elastomer.
  • emulsifying organopolysiioxane elastomer means an organopolysiioxane elastomer comprising at least one hydrophilic chain, such as poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomers and polyglycerolated silicone elastomers.
  • the emulsifying organopolysiioxane elastomer may be chosen from poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomers,
  • the poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomer is a crosslinked organopolysiioxane elastomer that may be obtained by crossliiiking addition reaction of diofganopo ' Iysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of a polyoxyalkylene containing at least two eihylenicaily unsaturated groups.
  • the poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomers may be formed from d vinyl compounds, in particular polyoxyalkylenes containing at least two vinyl groups, which react with Si-H bonds of a polysiloxane.
  • Poiyoxyalkylenated elastomers are especially described in patents US 5 236 986, US 5 412 004, US 5 837 793 and US 5 81 1 487, the content of which is incorporated by reference.
  • Poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomers that may be used include those sold under the names KSG-21, KSG-2Q, KSG-30, KSG-31, KSG-32, KSG-33, KSG- 210, KSG-310, SG-320, KSG-330 and KSG-340 by the company Shin-Etsu, and DC9010 and DC9011 by the company Dow Coming.
  • the emulsifying organopolysiioxane elastomer may also be chosen from polyglycerolated organopolysiioxane elastomers.
  • the polyglycerolated organopolysiioxane elastomer according to the invention is an organopolysiioxane elastomer that may be obtained by crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of polyglycerolated compounds containing eihylenicaily unsaturated groups, especially in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
  • the polyglycerolated organopolysiioxane elastomer according to the invention is conveyed in gel form in at least one hydrocarbon-based oil and/or one silicone oil In these gels, the polyglycerolated elastomer is often in the form of non-spherical particles.
  • Polyglycerolated organopolysiloxane elastomers that may be used include those sold under the names KSG-710, SG-810, KSG-820, KSG-830 and SG-840 by the company Sbin-Etsu.
  • Non-emulsifying elastomers that may be used more particularly include those sold under the names KSG-6, KSG-15, KSG-16, KSG-18, KSG-41 , KSG-42, KSG-43 and SG-44 by tlie company Shin-Etsu, DC9040 and DC9041 by the company Dow Corning, and SFE 839 by the company General Electric.
  • Emulsifying elastomers that may be used more particularly include those sold under the names KSG-31 , K8G-32, KSG-33, KSG-210 and KSG-710 by the company Shin-Etsu.
  • the organopolysiloxane elastomer under consideration according to the invention is chosen from spherical non-emulsifying organopolysiloxane elastomers, polyglycerolated organopolysiloxane elastomers and polyoxyalkyienated organopolysiloxane elastomers.
  • composition according to the invention may comprise an organopolysiloxane elastomer, alone or as a mixture, in a content ranging from 0.1% to 20% by weight, preferably from 0.2% to 15% by weight and even more preferably from 0.5% to 12% by weight.
  • a makeup and/or care composition according io the invention may especially be in the form of a suspension, a dispersion, a solution, a gel, an emulsion, especially an oil-in-water emulsion (O W), water-in-oil emulsion (W/O) or multiple emulsion (W/OAV or polyol/O/W or O/W/O), or in the form of a cream, a mousse, a stick, a dispersion of vesicles, especially of ionic or noniomc lipids, a two-phase or multi-phase lotion, a spray, a powder or a paste.
  • O W oil-in-water emulsion
  • W/O water-in-oil emulsion
  • W/OAV or polyol/O/W or O/W/O multiple emulsion
  • a cream, a mousse, a stick a dispersion of vesicles, especially of ionic or nonio
  • a person skilled in the art may select the appropriate galenical form, and also the method, for preparing it, on the basis of his general knowledge, taking into account firstly the nature of the constituents used, and secondly the intended application of the composition.
  • the process according to the invention comprises a step of acceleration of tlie drying of the deposit, simultaneously with or subsequent to its application and more particularly by exposure of said deposit to blown air ha ving a temperature ranging from 35 to 45 °C.
  • the invention relates to a method for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least the steps consisting in:
  • step ii) artificially accelerating the drying of the deposit made in step i) simultaneously with or subsequent to its application, by exposure of said deposit to blown air having a temperature ranging from 35 to 45 °C,
  • the acceleration of the drying of a deposit of a composition formed according to the method of the present invention makes it possible to improve the quality of the resulting film, in particular in terms of uniformity and staying power of the film,
  • the drying time denotes the period of time necessary for the layer of coating to form a dry film
  • this drying time under consideration may be less or equal to 2 minutes. From this period of 2 minutes onward, the film must be dry and satisfy the properties mentioned above, in particular in terms of colour fastness.
  • an optimum staying-power value may be obtained after only 1 minute, or even 30 seconds, of drying in accordance with tl e invention.
  • the temperature of the blown air according to the invention is that felt on the skin or the lips. According to one particular embodiment, this blown air in contact with the lips or the skin may have a temperature ranging from 36 to 41 °C.
  • tl e present invention relates to a packaging and application kit or assembly, comprising a reservoir containing a composition according to the invention, a device for applying said composition to the skin or the lips, and a means intended for artificially accelerating the drying of the deposit formed on application of said composition to the skin or the lips, and in particular capable of providing blown air preferably having a temperature ranging from 35 to 45 °C.
  • FIG. 1 represents, schematically, in perspective, a packaging and application assembly in accordance with the invention, suitable for a composition formulated in the form of a wand;
  • FIG. 2 represents, schematically, in perspective, another packaging and application assembly in accordance with the invention, suitable for a composition formulated in the form of a gloss.
  • the reservoir containing a composition according to the invention may be coupled to the device for applying said composition, so as to form an assembly, which is known and commonly used in the lip makeup field as denoted by general numerical reference 1 in the appended figures.
  • This assembly 1 may be suitable for the storage and the application of a cosmetic composition formulated in solid form, more specifically in the form of a wand as represented schematically in figure 1, or for a composition formulated in fluid form, of "gloss" type, as represented schematicall in figure 2.
  • the means intended for artificially accelerating the drying of the film formed by the application of said composition is integrated into the assembly comprising the reservoir and the device for application, as described above.
  • the means intended for artificially accelerating the drying of the film formed by the application of said composition is distinct from this assembly.
  • the means for accelerating drying of the coating film may comprise a heating means, including in particular a heat source,
  • heat source is intended to mean more particularly a heating means known to those skilled in the art which is suitable for drying the layer deposited at the surface of the skin or the lips during the application of a composition for coating keratin materials,
  • This heat source may consist, of thermal resistances 3 represented in figures 1 and 2, intended, to heat t e air.
  • a heating means according to the invention is understood as being any device capable of heating the skin or lips to a temperature suitable for drying of the deposit formed. by the application of a composition as described above.
  • This heating means is advantageously suitable for generating a. temperature at the level of the coating film deposited on the skin or the lips ranging from 35°C to 45°C, more particularly from 36°C to 41 °C.
  • a means for accelerating the drying of the coating film according to the invention may also comprise a means suitable for generating blown air, for example in the direction I represented on figures 1 and 2,
  • This means may be a mini-fan 4 represented in figures 1 and 2.
  • a means for accelerating drying may consist of the assembly of a heating means and a means for generating blown air, as described above.
  • d ydroxylated hydrogenated 1 ,2-poiybutadiene polymer 100 g are dried at 80°C, under reduced pressure, overnight. This polymer is dissolved in 400 ml of anhydrous toluene. 25 ⁇ of catalyst (dibutyltin dilaurate) are added and the mixture is heated to 80°C with stirring, until a uniform solution is obtained. 15 g of isocyanate-functionalized molecule having the followin structure:
  • the temperature of the mixture is reduced to 20 °C, under argon, followed b addition of 30 ml of isododeeane and 11 g of isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI).
  • IPDI isophorone diisocyanate
  • the mixture is stirred for 16 hours at 20 °C under a controlled atmosphere, and is then heated to 120 °C, followed by addition of 25 mi of propylene carbonate. 8.1 g of 6- methylisocytosine are added, resulting in a homogeneous white suspension.
  • This suspension is heated to 140 °C and stirred at this temperature for 6 hours.
  • the reaction is monitored by infrared spectroscopy, up to the total disappearance of the characteristic peak for isocyanates (2250 em ' ).
  • the mixture is then reduced to 30°C, and one litre of heptane is added, followed by filtration through Ceiite.
  • the mixture is then stripped with isododecane.
  • the temperature of the mixture is reduced to 20°C. under argon, followed by addition of 60 ml of isododecane and 11.6 g of 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate.
  • the mixture is stirred for 16 hours at 20 °C under a controlled atmosphere, and is then heated to 120 °C. followed by addition of 40 ml of propylene carbonate.
  • a ground pigmentary material was prepared in some of the silicone oil by grinding the mixture three times in a three-roll mill. The ground material required for the composition was weighed out. in a beaker. The suprarnolecular polymer according to the invention was mixed with the rest of the silicone oil and the ground pigmentary material its a beaker or heating pan. Next, the mixture was stirred in a Rayneri blender until homogeneous.
  • compositions A sample of each of the compositions was spread while hot onto a contrast card so as to form a deposit 150 ⁇ thick.
  • the tacky nature was evaluated during the drying of a deposi made with the formula to be evaluated after 1 hour and 24 hours at room temperature (25°C). To do this, a finger was applied, after the specified drying lime, onto the deposit made from the formula to be evaluated and the tack was assessed by the person on removal of Ms finger.
  • compositions and the tack-resistance and gloss properties of the deposit formed were also evaluated on a contrast card.
  • compositions in accordance with the invention allow the production of a glossy and sparingly tacky makeup deposit; in particular, the tacky nature after drying at room temperature is significantly reduced relative to the deposits made with the comparative compositions 4 and 5,
  • the deposits formed with compositions according to the invention also have good remartence, and good transfer-resistance properties.
  • phase A2 The constituents of phase A2 were weighed out, ' The mixture was ground in a three-roil mill. Next, the constituents of phase Al were weighed oat in the main beaker and placed in. a Rayneri blender, Phase A2 was then added, After stirring for 10 miniates, phase B was incorporated. After stirring for 5 minutes, phase C was incorporated.
  • the forearm is freed of makeup with a non-greasy makeup remover (such as Effacil from Lancome) and then with cotton wool and water. After 5 minutes, a foundation formula of one of Examples 5 to 13 is applied by finger to the forearm. The amount applied is 0.05 g onto an area 5 cm by 5 cm in size.
  • a non-greasy makeup remover such as Effacil from Lancome
  • a paper tissue is wiped five times over the forearm: to do this, the tissue is folded into four, it. is applied to the skin, with relatively strong pressure, at one of the edges of the foundation and is then moved quite slowly over the forearm towards the other edge. The amount of foundation that has transferred onto the tissue is then evaluated.
  • the handkerchief is very slightly coloured (i.e.: the composition shows good transfer-resistance properties for the deposit)
  • the handkerchief is coloured The number of "+”s reflects the decreasing transfer-resistance properties (i.e. the more "+”s there are, the greater the makeup deposit has a tendency to transfer).
  • compositions of Examples 6, 7 and 8 lead to a reduction of the tack of the makeup deposit after application (during the drying phase).
  • the tacky nature is evaluated by applying the finger to a deposit produced on the forearm one minute after the end of application of the composition.
  • phase Al The constituents of phase Al are weighed out in a beaker, with stirring using a Moritz blender, while maintaining the ambient temperature at 50 C C.
  • the premolien phase A2 is then added, with continued stirring.
  • Phase A3 is prepared separately by milling the pigments in a three-roll mill, and this phase is then added with stirring to tlie preceding mixture.
  • phase B To prepare phase B, the water is brought to the boiling point and the other constituents of phase B ate then added. The temperature of phase B is cooled to about 50°C.
  • the emulsion is prepared at 50°C.
  • the two phases must have a temperature in the region of 50°C.
  • the aqueous phase B is poured slowly into phase A while gradually increasing the stirring speed of the Moritz blender up to 2500 rpm.
  • tlie mixture is stirred for a further 10 minutes at room temperature.
  • Phase C is then added and the mixture is stirred for 5 minutes.
  • Phase D is then added and the mixture, is stirred for 5 minutes.
  • composition 15 in accordance with the invention shows significantly reduced tendency to transfer when compared with the deposit produced with comparative composition 16.
  • This composition also leads to the production of a deposit that gives a softer, more gSidant and less tacky feel on the skin.
  • the composition of Example 15 leads to a deposit whose tack reduces after application (during drying).
  • composition 15 in accordance with the invention shows significantly reduced tacky nature relative to the depos t formed from comparative composition 16.

Abstract

The present invention relates to a process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising the application to the skin and/or the lips of a cosmetic composition and in particular a composition for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least one supramolecular polymer and a silicone compoirad with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C,

Description

Cosmetic composition based on a giipramo!ecniar polymer and ¾ silicoae compound
The present invention relates to a process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising the application to tlie skin and/or the lips of a cosmetic composition and in particular a composition for raaking up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least one-supramolecular polymer and a silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
The present invention also relates to the compositions used according to this process.
In general, when women use a makeup product, especially of foundation or lipstick type, they wish this product to have, after application, good remanence on the skin or the lips, to be sparingly tacky and in particular not to he transferred.
With regard to this expectation, one or more polymers that are specifically dedicated towards affording these improved remanence properties over time are commonly introduced into compositions of this type. Illustrations of these polymers that may particularly be mentioned include silicone resins, polyaerylates and latices.
However, the abovementioned polymers that are advantageous in terms of remanence properties, and in particular of transfer resistance properties, are unfortunately liable to give rise to a sensation of discomfort during application (difficult, tacky spreading) and/or after application (tautness, mask effect) of the cosmetic product containing them.
Supramo!eeular polymers such as those described In documents EP 2 189 151. and FR 2 938 758 are, on the oilier hand, known to allow the production on the skin or the lips of a deposit that is both comfortable and endowed with improved remanence properties over time, in paiticui ar remanence of the colour of the deposit (no embrittlement or fragmentation of the deposit5 which remains uniform). However, the user has a sensation of "tackiness" during the application and drying on the skin or the lips of products incorporating these supramoiecular polymers. Furthermore, deposits formed from a galenical formulation incorporating such a supramolecular polymer may have insufficient mechanical strength. The inventors have found, unexpectedly, that it turns out to be possible to overcome this drawback provided that such supramolecular polymers are used in combination with at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
The aim of the present invention is to overcome these drawbacks and to propose a cosmetic composition that is capable, on the one hand, of affording good cosmetic properties such as good adhesion to the support (skin) and thus good remanence of the composition, where appropriate good sheen, and, on the other hand, of forming a non-tacky or sparingly tacky deposit that is particularly resistant to external attack by fatty substances (oil, meals or sebum) and also to friction, resulting in less wear of the deposit.
Thus, according to one of its aspects, the invention relates to a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of a composition comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least 2,5% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition of at least one supramolecular polymer based on a functionalized polyalkene of formula HO-P-OH in. which P represents a homopolymer or a copolymer that may be obtained by polymerization of one or more linear, cyclic and/or branched polyunsaturated C2-C10 and preferably C2-C4 alken.es, which may be derived from the reaction, especially the condensation, of the said functionalized polyalkene polymer with at least one junction group functionalized with at least one reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive group(s) of the functionalized polyalkene polymer, the said junction group being capable of forming at least 3 H (hydrogen) bonds, preferably at least 4 H bonds, preferentially 4 H bonds, and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000-cSt at 25°C.
This particular embodiment may especially allow the production of compositions, especially makeup compositions, whose deposition on keratin materials, and in particular the lips and/or the skin, is uniform and/or sparingly tacky or non-tacky. Such a deposit may especially afford a sensation of comfort to the wearer (softness, glidance of the deposit formed).
In addition, such a composition may have improved, properties in terms of transfer resistance, remanence of the deposit, especially in terms of colour (no embrittlemetit or fragmentation of the deposit, which remains uniform and/or resistant to friction), and of resistance to fats.
The present invention also relates to a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, coraprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of an anhydrous composition comprising,, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer as defined above and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than. 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
Advantageously, the composition under consideration according to the i vention contains at least one silicone compound especially with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at. 25°C, chosen from silicone gums and silicone oils and more particularly from' volatile and non-volatile silicone oils and especially linear silicone oils and phenyl silicone oils,
For the purposes of the present invention, the term "physiologically acceptable medium" is intended to denote a medium that is suitable for the application of a composition to the skin, and/or the lips.
As emerges from the examples below, the combination under consideration according to the invention proves to be most particularly effective for affording a composition that simultaneously has improved remanence over time, in particular of remanence of the colour of the deposit (no embrittlement or fragmentation of the deposit, which remains homogeneous) and satisfactory comfort properties, both on application (especially glidance, breakdown, thickness and uniformity of the deposit formed, and reduction of the tack on drying) and during wearing, namely softness, absence of a tacky sensation or of a sensation of tautness or dryness, and, according to certain embodiments, a transfer-resistance effect.
What is more, in the case of lipsticks, this improvement is not obtained at the expense of the gloss, which is another property generally sought for a makeup product of this type. Specifically, contrary to all expectation, no matt effect of the cosmetic product containing the combination under consideration according to the invention is noted.
In addition, in the case of foundations, its transfer-resistance properties are moreover significantly improved.
According to another of its aspects, the present, invention relates to a composition for snaking up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer as defined above and at least 15% by weight of silicone compounds) with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
More particularly, a composition as defined above may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to its total weight.
Advantageously, a compositio according to the invention comprises from 3% to 60% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
Preferably, the composition comprises 3.5% to 50% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition,
More preferably, the composition comprises 4% to 40% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total w eight of the composition.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention, in. particular in the case of a composition for making up the skin and/or the lips, comprises a content of supramolecular polymer of between 5% and 99% by weight relative to the weight of the composition excluding volatile compound(s) (in particular relative to the weight of the composition excluding volatile oii(s), for instance isododecane).
This content reflects the resulting content, of supramolecular polymer(s) in a deposit made with a composition or according to the process of the invention, especially on iLt auii maieircus suun as uic »KJII ais /vu ujc ups, KM example, unci cvupui auui! ui to volatile compounds.
Preferably, the composition according to the invention, in particular in the case of a makeup composition, comprises a content of supramolecular polymer of between 10% and 90% by weight relative to the weight of the composition excluding volatile conipound(s), preferably between 15% and 80%.
The present invention also covers a cosmetic process for mating up andVor caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of a composition as defined above.
The invention also preferably relates to composition for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer as defined above, at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, and at least one pigment other than a nacre. More particularly, a composition as defined above may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to its total weight.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention comprises Ironi 3% to 60% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
Preferably, the composition comprises 3.5% to 50% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
More preferably, the composition comprises 4% to 40% by weight, of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight, of the composition.
The present invention also covers a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin and or the lips, comprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of a composition as defined, above.
According to another of its aspects, the present invention relates to a composition for making up and/or carin for the skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at. least one supramolecular polymer as defined above and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, the said composition being free of cyclopentasiloxane.
More particularly, a composition as defined above may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to its total weight.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention comprises from 3% to 60% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
Preferably, the composition comprises 3.5% to 50% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
More preferably, the composition comprises 4% to 40% by weight of supramolecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
The present invention also covers a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of a composition as defined above.
As stated above, the silicone compound with a viscosity of less than
10 000 000 cSt may especially be a volatile or non-volatile silicone oil. According to another of its aspects, the present invention relates to a composition for making up and/or caring for die skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one suprarnoleeular polymer as defined above and at least one silicone oil other than cyclopentasiloxane.
More particularly, a composition as defined above may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramoiecular polymer.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention comprises from 3% to 60% by weight of at least one supramoiecular- polymer relative to the total weight of the composition. Preferably, the composition comprises 3.5% to 50% by weight of supramoiecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition. More preferably, the composition comprises 4% to 40%-by weight of supramoiecular polymer relative to the total weight of the composition.
According to certain embodiments, it may be envisaged for the compositions according to the invention and used in the processes according to the invention to be free ofethanol.
The compositions under consideration according to the' invention and used in the processes according to the invention may be in solid or liquid form at 20°C.
It may especially be, in particular in the case of a composition intended for making up the skin, more particularly of foundation type, a loose or compact powder, an anhydrous formulation or a formulation that may be of the oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsion type.
According to one preferred embodiment, in particular in the case of a composition intended for caring for and/or making" up the hps, the composition used according to the invention is anhydrous or contains less than 3% by weight of -water and preferably less than 1%) by weight of water, relative to the total weight of the composition.
The term "anhydrous" especially means that water is preferably not deliberately added to the composition, but may be present in trace amount in the various compounds used in the composition.
The composition according to the invention and/or that used according to the process according to the invention may be in the form of a composition for making up the skin and/or the lips, especially for facial or bodily skin; it may be a complexion product such as a foundation, a face powder or an eyeshadow; a lip product such as a lipstick or a iipcare product; a concealer product; a blusher; an eyeliner; a lip pencil or an eye pencil; a body makeup product; a gloss (lip gloss).
According to a first advantageous embodiment of the invention, the composition is intended for making up tile lips and it is more particularly a lipstick (lipstick wand) or a gloss (liquid lipstick).
In particular, the invention relates to a composition for making up and/or cari g for the lips, especially of lipstick type and/or a composition for making up and/or caring for the skin, especially of the face, in particular of foundation type in solid form, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, especially a volatile or non-volatile silicone oil.
Advantageously, the lipstick and/or foundation compositions according to the invention are anhydrous.
For the purposes of the invention, the term "solid" characterizes the sta te of the composition at a temperature of 20°C, In particular, a solid composition according to the invention has, at a temperature of 20°C and at atmospheric pressure (760 mrnlig), a hardness of greater t han 30 Nm"1 and preferably greater than 40 Nm'1.
As developed below, in a particular variant of the invention, the cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for 'the skin and/or the lips according to the invention may also comprise an additional step consisting in 'artificially accelerating the drying of the deposit of the composition simultaneously with or subsequent to its application, by exposure of said deposit to blown air having a temperature ranging from 35 to 45 °C, Protocol for measuring he ¾¾rd¾ie¾s:
The hardness of a composition especially of lipstick wand type is measured according to the following protocol:
The stick of lipstick is stored at 20°C for 24 hours before measuring the hardness.
The hardness may be measured at 20°C via the "cheese wire" method, which consists in transversely cutting a wand of product, which is preferably a circular cylinder. by means of a rigid tungsten wire 250 μιη in diameter, by moving the wire relative to the stick at a speed of 100 mm/minute.
The hardness of the samples of compositions of the invention, expressed in Nm"1, is measured using a DFGS2 tensile testing machine from the company Indelco- Chatillon.
The measurement is repeated three times and then averaged. The average of the three values read using the tensile testing machine mentioned above, noted Y, is given in grams. This average is converted into newtons and then divided by L which represents the longest distance through which the wire passes. In the case of a cylindrical wand, L is equal to the diameter (in metres).
The hardness is converted into Nm1 by the equation below:
(Y 10"3 x 9.8)/L
For a measurement at a different temperature, the stick is stored for 24 hours at this new temperature before the measurement.
According to this measuring method, a solid composition according to the invention has a hardness at 20°C of greater than or equal to 30 Nm"1, preferably greater than 40 Nm'1 and preferably greater than 50 Nm4
Preferably, the composition according to the invention especially has a hardness at 20°C of less than 500 Nm"1, especially less than 400 Nm"5 and preferably less than 300 Nm"1.
in particular, a composition whose hardness is greater than 30 Nm"! is said to be "solid" at 20°C and at atmospheric pressure (760 rnmHg).
More particularly, a composition for making up and/or caring for the lips, especially of solid lipstick type as defined above, may comprise at least 2.5% by weight of at least one supramolecular polymer relative to its total weight.
The present invention also covers a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the lips, comprising at least the application to the said lips of a composition as defined above.
According to another advantageous embodiment of the invention, the compositions according to the invention, and also those used according to the process according to the invention, may be in 'the form of a skin makeu composition and more particularly a foundation, a face powder, an eyeshadow or a body makeup product. The present invention also covers a cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin, comprising at least the application to the said skin of a composition as defined above. S¾pramoIec¾lar polymer
The cosmetic compositions according to the invention thus comprise a polyalkene-based (i.e. poiyolefin) supramolecular polymer.
For the purposes of the present invention, the term "polyalkene-based supramolecular polymer" means a polymer derived from the reaction, especially the condensation, of at least one polyalkene polymer fictionalized with at least one reactive group, with at least one junction group functionalized with at least one reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive groijp(s) of the functionalized polyalkene polymer, said junction group being capable of forming at least three H (hydrogen) bonds and preferably at least tour H bonds, preferentially four H bonds.
The term "polyalkene" or "poiyolefin" means a polymer derived from the polymerization of at least one monomer of alkene type, comprising an ' ethyl enic unsaturation, the said monomer possibly being pendent or in the main chain of the said polymer. The term "polyalkene" or "poiyolefin" is thus directed towards polymers that may or may not comprise a double bond. Preferably, the supramolecular polymers used according to the invention are prepared from a polymer derived from the polymerization of an alkene comprising at least two ethylenic unsaturations.
The supramolecular polymer according to the invention is capable of forming a supraniolecular polymer chain or network, by (self-)assembiy of said polymer according to the invention with at least one other identical or different polymer according to the invention, each assembly involving at least one pair of paired, junction groups, which may be identical or different, borne by each of the polymers according to the invention.
For the purposes of the invention, the term "junction group" means any group comprising groups that donate or accept H bonds, and capable of forming at least three H bonds and preferably at least four H bonds, preferentially four H bonds, with an identical or different partner junction group. These junction groups may be lateral to the polymer backbone (side branching) and/or borne by the ends of the polymer backbone, and'or in the chain forming the polymer backbone. They may be distributed in a random or controlled maimer.
Functionalized pol yalkene
The polyalkene polymers are functionalized with at least one reactive group and preferably with at. least two reactive groups. The fimctionalization preferably occurs at the chain ends. They are then referred to as telechelic polymers.
The fimctionalization groups, or reactive groups, may be attached to the polyalkene polymer via linkers, preferably linear or branched C1-C4 alkylene groups, or directly via a single bond.
Preferably, the functionalized polyalkene polymers have a number-average molecular mass (Mn) of between 1000 and 8000.
Even more preferably, they have a number-average molecular mass of between 1000 and 5000, or even between 1500 and 4500.
Even more preferably, they have a number-average molecular mass of between
2000 and 4000.
Preferably, the functionalized polyalkene polymer, capable of forming all or part of the polymer backbone of the supramolecular polymer according to the invention (preferably, it forms all of the backbone of the polymer), is of formula HO-P-OH in which:
- P represents a homo- or copolymer that may he obtained by polymerization of one or more linear, cyclic and/or branched, polyunsaturated (preferably diunsaturated) C2- Cio and preferably C2-C4 alkenes,
P preferably represents a homo- or copolymer that, may be obtained by polymerization of one or more linear, cyclic and/or branched, C2-C4 diunsaturated alkenes.
More preferably, P represents a polymer chosen from a polyb tylene, a polybutadiene (such as a 1 ,4-polybutadiene or a 1,2-polyhutadiene), a polyisoprene, a poly(l,3-pentadiene) and a polyisobutyiene, and copolymers thereof.
According to one preferred embodiment, P represents a poly(ethylene/butylene) copolymer.
The preferred poly(ethylene butylenes) are copolymers of 1-butene and of ethylene. They may be represented schematically by the following sequence of units:
[-CH2-CH2-] and [-CH2CH(CH2-CH3)-] According to a second preferred embodiment, P is a polyhutadiene homopolymer, preferably chosen from a 1 ,4-polyhutadiene' or a 1 ,2-polybutadiene. The polybutadienes may be 1 ,4-polyb tadienes or 1 ,2-polybutadienes, which may be represented schematically, respectively, by the following sequences of units:
[-CH2-CH=CH-CH2-] (1 ,4-polybutadienes)
[-CH2-CH(CH=CH2)-] (1 ,2-poiybutadienes)
Preferably, they are 1 ,2-polybutadienes. Preferably, P is a 1 ,2-polybutadiene homopolymer.
According ΐο anotlier embodiment, P is a polyisoprene. Polyisoprenes may be represented schematically by the following sequences of units:
{
A mixture of above units may obviously also be used, so as to form copolymers.
The functionalized polyalkene polymers ma be totally hydrogenated to avoid the risks of crosslinking. Preferably, the functionalized polyalkene polymers used in the compositions accordi g to the invention are hydrogenated.
Preferably, the polyalkene polymers are hydrogenated and functionalized with at least two OH reactive groups, preferably at the ends of the polymers.
Preferably, they have functionality as hydroxy! end groups of from 1.8 to 3 and preferably in the region of 2.
The polydienes containing hydroxyl end groups are especially defined, for example, in FR 2 782 723. They may be chosen from polyhutadiene, polyisoprene and poly(l ,3-pentadiene) homopolymers and copolymers. Mention will be made in particular of the hydroxylated polybutadienes sold by the company Sartomer, for instance the rasol® Resins and the Poly bd® Resins, Preferably, they are dihydroxylated hydrogenated 1 ,2-polybutadiene homopolymers, such as the range Nisso-PB 1, GI3000, GI2000 and Gil 000 sold by the company Nisso, which may be represented schematically by the following formula:
Preferably, n is between 14 and 105 and preferably between.20 and 85.
These polymers have the following number-average molecular masses: GI30G0 of Mn · 4700, GE000 of Mn = 3300 and Gil 000 of Mn - 1500. These values were measured by GPC according to the following protocol:
PROTOCOL FOR DETERMINING THE MOLECULAR MASSES OF THE SUPRAMOLECULA POLYMER BY GPC
Determination of the number-average Mn molecular m ss, the weight- average w molecular mass and the polydispersity index Mw/Mn in polystyrene equivalents.
* Preparation of the standard solutions
Prepare the polystyrene standards from Varian kits {ref.: PS-H (PL2010-0200) The masses of the standards are as follows;
PS 6035000 - PS 3053000 - PS 915000 - PS 483000 - PS 184900 - PS 60450 -
PS 1 720 - PS 8450 - PS 3370 - PS 1260 - PS 580
Inject 100 μΐ of each of the solutions into the calibration column.
Prepare a solution with a solids content of 0.5% in THF.
Prepare the solution about 24 hours before injection.
Filter the solution through a Millex FH- filter (0.45 μπι).
inject into the column.
* Chromatographic conditions:
Columns: PL Rapid M (batch 5M-Poly-008- 15) from Polymer Labs
PL-gel HTS-D (batch 5M-MD-72-2) from Polymer Labs
PL-gel HTS-F (10M-2-169B-25) from Polymer Labs
PL-Rapid-F (6M-0L1-01 1-6) from Polymer Labs Length: 150 mm - inside diameter: 7.5 mm
Pump: isoeratic M1515 Waters
Eluent: THF Flow rate: 1 ml/minute
Temperature: ambient
Injection: 1.00 μ! at 0.5% AM in the eluent
Detection: I 64 mV (Waters 2424 refraetometer) Temperature: 45°C
UV at 254 am at 0.1 OD (Waters 2487 UV detector)
Integrator: Empower option GPC
• Determination of the molar masses
The average molar masses are determined by plotting the calibration curve: log Molar mass ~ f (elution volume at the top of the Ri detection peak) and using the software Empower option GPC from Waters.
Among the polyolefins with hydroxyl end groups, mention may be made preferentially of polyolefins, hornopolyrners or copolymers with ,o -hydroxyl end groups, such as polyisobutylenes with (χ,ω-hydroxyl. end groups; and the copolymers of formula:
especially those sold by Mitsubishi under the brand name Polytaii.
Junction group
The supramolecular polymers according to the invention also have in their structure at least one residue of a junction group capable of forming at least three H bonds and preferably at. least four H bonds, said junction group being initially functionalized with at least one reactive group.
Unless otherwise mentioned, the tem "junction group" means in the present description the group without its reactive function.
The reactive groups are attached to the junction group via linkers L.
L is a single bond or a saturated or unsaturated C1.20 divalent carbon-based group chosen in - particular from a linear or branched C1 -C20 alkyiene; a C5-C20 (aikyl)eycloaikyiene alkyiene (preferably cye!ohexyiene methylene), a C; : ~C¾i alkylene- biscycloalkyiene (preferably alkylene-biscyciohexylene), a Q-C20 (alkyl)arylene, an alkylene-bisarylene (preferably an alkylene-biphenylene),. the linker L possibly being substituted with at least one alkyl group and/or possibly comprising 1 to 4 N and/or O heteroatoms, especially in the form of an Ν<¾ substituent.
Preferably, the linker is a group chosen from phenyletie; 1 ,4-mtrophenylene 1 ,2-ethylene; 1 ,6-hexylene; 1,4-butyiene; i,6-(2,4,4-triniethylhexylene); l,4-(4- methylpentylene); l,5-(5-methylhexylene) 1 ,6-(6-methylheptylene): 1.5-(2,2,5- trimethylhexylene); l^-(3,7-dmiemyloctyIerie); ---isophorone-; 4,4 '-methylene bis(cyclohexylene); tolylene; 2-methyl- 1 ,3~phenylene; 4-methyl-l,3-phenylene; 4,4- biphenylenemethylene;
Preferably,, the linker is chosen from the groups:
- C5-C20 (alkyi)cycloalkylene alkylene, such as isophorone,
- CJ.1-C25 alkylene-biscycloalkylene, such as 4,4'-methylene biscyclohexene,
- Ci-Qo alkylene, such as -(CH2)2-; -(CH2)6-; -CH2CH(CH3)-CH2-e(CH3)2- CH2-CH2, and
- C6-C2o (alkyl) phenyl en e, such as 2-methyl- 1,3 -phenyl ene.
Preferably, L is chosen from: -isophorone-; -(C¾)2-; -(CH2 ; -C¾CH(C¾)-
CH2-C(CH3)2-CH2-CH2; 4,4* -methyl ene bis(cyclohexylene); 2-methyi-l ,3-pheoylene.
According to one particularly preferred embodiment, the linker is an alkylcycloalkylene alkylene.
Preferably, according to this embodiment, the linker is an isophorone group. The term "isophorone" means the following group:
The said reactive groups functionalizing the junction group must be capable of reacting with the ~QH reactive group(s) borne by the fonetionalized polyalkene.
Reactive groups that may be mentioned include isocyanate (~N=C=0) and thioisocyanate (-N=C=S) groups. Preferably, it is a group -N=C=0 (isocyanate).
The fonetionalized junction groups capable of forming at least three H bonds may comprise at least three identical or different functional groups, and preferably at least four functional groups, chosen from: \ C=0 \ C=N— N I H
/ .
These functional groups may be classified into two categories:
- functional groups that donate H bonds:
— H
- functional groups that accept H bonds:
\ \
C=0 C=N—
/ /
The junction groups capable of forming at least three H bonds form a basic structural element comprising at least three groups, preferably at least four groups and more preferentially four functional groups capable of establishing H bonds. The said basic structural elements capable of establishing H bonds may be represented schematically in the following manner:
( 4 or Y4)*
in which Xj is an H-bond accepting functional group (identical or different) and Yj is an H-bond donating functional group (identical or different).
Thus, each structural element should be capable of establishing H bonds with one or more partner structural elements, which are identical (i.e. self-complementary) or different, such that each pairing of two partner structural elements takes place by formation of at least three H bonds, preferably at least four H bonds and more preferentially four H bonds.
A proton acceptor X will pair with a proton donor Y. Several possibilities are thus offered, for example pairing of: XXXX with YYYY;
XXXY with YYYX;
XXYX with YYXY;
ΧΥΎΧ with YXXY;
XXYY with YYXX self-complementary or otherwise;
XYXY with YXYX self-complementary or otherwise.
Preferably, the junction groups may establish four H bonds with an identical (or self-complementary) partner group among which are two donor bonds (for example H) and two acceptor bonds (for example CO and -C-N-).
Preferably, the junction groups capable of forming at leas four H bonds are chosen from the following families, it being understood that all the tautomeric forms are included:
- (i) the ureidopyrirnidones of formula (capable of forming at least 4 H bonds);
In this formula,- the radicals have the following meanings;
- the radicals Ri (or the radicals ¾ and Ra) are single bonds constituting the point of attachment of the junction grou to the linker capable of forming at least three H bonds (preferably four H bonds) on the rest of the graft. Preferably, the said point of attachment is borne solely by Rj, which is a single bond.
- the radical R2 represents a divalent group chosen from a single bond or a Ci- Q alkylene or a monovalent group chosen from a single bond, a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched Ci-C;o saturated monovalent hydrocarbon-based group, which may contain one or more heteroatoms such as O, 8 or N, these groups being optionally substituted with a hydroxy], amino and/or thio function.
Preferably, the radical R2 may be a single bond or a monovalent group chosen from H, C¾OH and (CH2)2-OH, C¾.
According to one particularly preferred embodiment, ¾ is H.
- the radical R represents a monovalent or divalent group, in particular, R3 is chosen from a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched Cj-Cio saturated monovalent bydroearboa-based group, which may contain one or more heieroaioms such as O, 8 or N, these groups being optionally substituted with a hydroxyl, amino and/or thio function.
Preferably, the radical R¾ may be a monovalent group chosen from H, CH2OH and (CH2)2-OH5 C¾.
According to one particularly preferred embodiment, R3 is a methyl group.
According to one preferred embodiment, the junction groups are chosen from 2-ureidopwimidone arid 6-methyl~2-ureidopyri.midone.
Preferably, the preferred junction group is 6-methyl~2-ureidopyrimidone.
The junction groups, and especially the ureidopyrimidone junction groups, may be added directly or may be formed in situ during the process for preparing the supramolecular polymer, The first and second preparation methods described below illustrate these two alternatives, respectively.
In particular, the flmctionalized junction groups capable of reacting with the functionahzed polyalkene polymer to give the supramoieeular polymer according to the invention are preferably of formula*.
in which L is as defined above.
Preferably, L is chosen from the groups:
- C5-C-20 (alkyl)cyc1oa!kylene alkylene, such as isophorone,
- C11-C2S alkylene-biscycloaikylene, such as 4,4'-methyiene biscyclohexene,
- Ci-Cw alkylene, such as -(CH2)2-; -(CH2)6-; -CH2CJi(CHs)-CE2-C(CH3)z- CH2-GH2,.and
- C6-C20 (alky!) phenyiene, such as 2-methyl-l ,3-phenyiene.
Preferably, L is chosen from: -isophorone- ; -(0¾)δ-; 4,4 '-methylene biscyclohexylene.
According to one particularly preferred embodiment, the junction group is of formula which L is isophorone, in one particuiarly preferred embodiment, the supraniolecuiar polym invention corresponds to the formula:
in which:
• L' and L" have, independently of each other, the meaning given above for L;
■ X, X' s;; O and P has the meaning given above for the functionalized polyalkene polymer.
Preferably, V and L" represent a saturated or unsaturated CrC20 divalent carbon-based group, chosen in particular from a linear or branched C1-C20 alkylene; a C5~ C20 (alkyl)cycloalkylene, an alkyiene-biscycloalkylene and a i¾-C2o (alkyl)aryiene. Preferably, U and L" represent an -isophorone-.; -(<¾}τ; -(&¼)<,-; -CH2CH(CH )-CH2- C(CH3)2-CH2-CH2; 4,4 '-methylene biscyclohexylene; 2-methyi-l J-phenyle.ne group.
Preferably, L' and L" are identical.
Preferably, L' and L" are an isophorone group.
Preferably, P is hydrogenated and represents a polyethylene, a polybutylene, a polybutadiene, a polyisoprene, a poly(L3-pentadiene}7 a polyisobutylene, or a copolymer thereof, especially a poly(ethylene/butylene).
Preferably, P is a hydrogenated polybutadiene, preferably a hydrogenated 1 ,2- polybutadiene.
in one particularly preferred embodiment, the supraniolecuiar polymer of the invention corres onds to the formula:
Preparation process The polymer according to the invention ma be prepared via the processes usually used by a person skilled in the art, especially for forming a urethane bond between the free Oi l functions of a polyalkeise, and the isocyanate ftmctions borne by the junction group.
By way of non-limiting illustration, a first general preparation process consists in:
- optionally ensuring that the polymer to be functionalized does not comprise any residual water,
- heating the said polymer comprising at least two OH reactive functions to a temperature that may be between 60°C and 140°C; the hydroxyl number of the polymer being able to serve as reference in order to measure the degree of progress of the reaction;
- adding, preferably directly, the ureidopyrimidone junction group bearing the reactive functions, especially isoc anate such as those described in patent WO 2005/042 641 ; especially such as the compounds of CAS number - 32093-85-9 and 709028-42-2;
- optionally stirring the inixture, under a controlled atmosphere, at a temperature of about 90-130°C; for 1 to 24 hours;
- optionally monitoring by infrared spectroscopy the disappearance of the characteristic isocyanate band (between 2500 and 2800 cm"1) so as to stop the reaction on total disappearance of the peak, and then allowing the final product to cool to room temperature.
The reaction may also be monitored by assaying the hydroxyl functions; it is also possible to add ethanol in order to ensure the total disappearance of the residual isocyanate functions,
The reaction may he performed in the presence of a solvent, especially methyltelrahydrofuran, tetrahydroturan, toluene, propylene carbonate or butyl acetate. It is also possible to add a conventional catalyst for forming a urethane bond. An example that may be mentioned is dibiityltin dilaurate. The polymer may finally be washed and dried, or even purified, according to the general knowledge of a person skilled in the art.
According to the second preferred mode of preparation, the reaction may comprise the following steps:
(i) function ali zati n of the polymer, which has preferably been dried beforehand, with a diisocyanate according to the reaction scheme: OH-polymer-OH (1 eq.) + NCO-X-NCO (ί eq.) → GCN~X-NH-(0)CO~ polymer-OC(0)- H-X-NCO
The diisocyanate may optionally he in excess relative to the polymer. This first step may be performed in the presence of solvent, at a temperature of between 20°C and 100°C. This first step may be followed by a period of stirring under a controlled atmosphere for 1 to 24 hours, The mixture may optionally be heated. The degree of progress of this first step may be monitored by assaying the hydroxy! functions;
and then
(ii) reaction of the prepolymer obtained above with 6-methylisocytosine of formula;
this second step may optionally be performed in the presence of a cosolvent such as toluene, butyl acetate or propylene carbonate. The reaction mixture may be heated to between 80°C and 140°C for a time ranging between 1 and 24 hours. The presence of a catalyst, especially dibiityltm dilaurate, may promote the production of the desired final product.
The reaction may be monitored by infrared spectroscopy, by monitoring the disappearance of the characteristic peak of isocyanate between 2200 and 2300 cm"1. At the end of the reaction, ethanol may be added to the reaction medium in order to neutralize any residual isocyanate functions. The reaction mixture may be optionally filtered. The polymer may also be stripped directly in a cosmetic solvent.
According to one particular mode, the said: supramolecular polymer is dissolved in a hydrocarbon-based oil, which is preferably volatile, in particular isododecane.
Thus, the composition of the invention will comprise at least one hydrocarbon- based oil, which is preferably volatile, in particular at least isododecane, especiall provided by the supramolecular polymer solution. In embodiment variants of a composition and of a process according to the invention, the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present in a composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0,1% to 60% by weight of solids, relative to the total weight of the composi tion,
Thus, the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present in a composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0.2% to 50% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
Similarly, the supramoiecular polyrner(s) may be present in a composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0.3% to 40% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
The supramoiecular polymer(s) may also be present in a composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0.5% to 30% by weight,' relative to the total weight of the composition.
in one particular embodiment of the invention, a. makeup composition is in the form of a foundation and the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present therein in a content ranging from 2.5% to 60% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition.
In another embodiment, a makeup composition is in the form of a foundation and the supramoiecular polyme (s) may he present therein in a content ranging from 2.5% to 40% by weight of solids relati ve to the total weight of the composition.
According to an even more preferred variant, a makeup composition is in the form of a foiffidation and the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present tiierein in a content ranging from 3% to 30% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition.
in another particular embodiment of the invention, a makeup composition is in the form of a lipstick and the supramoiecular polymer(s) may be present therein in a content ranging from 0.1 % to 60% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition.
According to one preferred variant, a makeup composition is in the form of a lipstick and the supramoiecular- polyrner(s) may be present therein in a content ranging from 0.2% to 40% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition., According to an even more preferred variant, a makeup composition is in the form of a lipstick and the supramoleeular polymer(s) ma be present therein in a content ranging from 0.5% to 30% by weight of solids relative to the total weight of the composition.
Fluid silicone compound
As stated above, a composition according to the invention comprises at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C. Such a compoimd is advantageously chosen from silicone gums, volatile silicone oils and non- volatile silicone oils.
In particular, the silicone compound under consideration according to the invention may be a silicone oil (volatile or non-volatile) with a viscosity of less than 800 000 centistokes (cSt) (800 000 10"6 m¾), preferably between 0.5 centistokes (cSt) (0.5 x KF6 rn2/s) and 800 000 centistokes.
Preferably, the silicone compound under consideration according to the invention may be a non- volatile silicone oil with a viscosity of between 9 centistokes (cSt) (9 x 10"6m2/s) and 600 000 centistokes (cSt) (600 000 x 10"6 2/s).
Siik ae oik
The term "oil" means a water-immiscible non-aqueous compound that is liquid at room temperature (25C'C) and at atmospheric pressure (760 mtnHg).
For the purposes of the present invention, the term "silicone oil" means an oil comprising at least one silicon atom, and especially at least one Si-0 group.
In particular, the volatile or non-volatile silicone oils that may be used in the invention preferably have a viscosity at 25°C of less than 800 000 cSt, preferably less than or equal to 600 000 cSt and preferably less than or equal to 500 000 cSt. The viscosity of these silicone oils may be measured according to standard A8TM D-445.
As emerges from the foregoing text, a composition according to the invention and/or under consideration according to a process of the invention contains at least one silicone oil other than cyclopentasiloxane. Such an oil, also known as decamemykyclopentasiloxane, is especially sold under the name DC-245 by the company Dow Coming or Mirasil CM 5.
Needless to say, a composition according to the invention or under consideration according to a process of the invention may contain a mixture of silicone oils formed only partly "from such an oil.
The silicone oils that may be used according to the invention may be volatile and/or non- volatile.
Tims, a composition according to the invention or under consideration according to a process of the invention may contain a mixture of volatile and non- volatile silicone oil.
The temi "volatile oil" means an oil that can evaporate on contact with the skin in less than one hour, at room temperature (25 °C) and atmospheric pressure. The volatile oil is a volatile cosmetic oil, which is liquid at room temperature, especially having- a nonzero vapour pressure, at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, in particular having a vapour pressure ranging from 0.13 Pa to 40 000 Pa ( Q"3 to 300 mniHg), preferably ranging from 1 .3 Pa to 13 000 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmilg) and preferentially ranging from 1,3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.1 to lO ramHg).
The term "non-volatile oil" means an oil whose vapour pressure at room temperature and atmospheric pressure is non-zero and less than 0.02 mniHg (2.66 Pa) and better still less than 10"3 ramHg (0.13 Pa) ,
Volatile silicone oils
According to a first embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise at least one volatile silicone oil.
The volatile silicone oil that may be used in the invention may be chosen from silicone oils especially having a viscosity < 8 centistokes (cSt) (8 x 10~6 m s) and preferably greater than 0.5 cSt .
Furthermore, the volatile silicone oil that may be used in the invention may preferably be chosen from silicone oils with a flash point, ranging from 40°C to I02°C, preferably with a flash point of greater than 55°C and less than or equal to 95°C, and preferentially ranging from 65°C to 95°C. Volatile silicone oils that may be mentioned include:
- volatile linear or cyclic silicone oils, especially those with a viscosity ≤ 8 ceaiistokes (cSt) (8 χ i0"6 n /s at 25°C), and especially containing from 2 to 10 silicon atoms and in particular from 2 to 7 silicon atoms, these silicones optionally comprising alky! or a!koxy groups containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
More particularly, the volatile silicone oils are non-cyclic and are chosen in particular from:
-· the non-cyclic linear silicones of formula (1):
R3SiQ~CR?SiOVSiR3 (I) in which R, which may be identical or different, denotes:
- a saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical, containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms or with one or more hydroxyl groups, or
- a hydroxyl group, one of the radicals possibly being a phenyl group, n is an integer ranging from 0 to 8, preferabl ranging from 2 to 6 and better still ranging from 3 to 5, the silicone compound of formula (I) containing not more than 15 carbon atoms,
~ the branched silicones of formula (H) or (ΪΪΙ) below:
R3SiO-[(R3SiO)RSiO]-(R2SiO)x-SiR3 (II)
[R3SiO]4Si (!!!) in which R? which may be identical or different, denotes:
- a saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical, containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with one or more Ouorine atoms or with one or more hydroxyl groups, or
- a hydroxyl group, one of the radicals R possibly being a phenyl group, x is an integer ranging from 0 to 8S the silicone compound of formula Qi) or (Hi) containing not more than 15 carbon atoms. Preferably, for the compounds of formulae (I), (II) and (III), the ratio between the number of carbon atoms and the number of silicon atoms is between 2,25 and 4.33.
The silicones of formulae (I) to (III) may be prepared according to the known processes for synthesizing silicone compounds,
Among the silicones of formula (Ϊ) that may be mentioned are:
- the following disiloxanes: hexamethyldisiloxane (surface tension ···- 15.9 fflN/ffl), sold especially under the name' DC 200 Fluid 0.65 cSt by the company Dow Coming, 1 ,3-di-tert-butyl- 1.1 ,3,3 - tetramethyldisiloxane; 1 ,3 -dipropyl- 1 ,1 ,3,3- tetramethyldisiloxane; heptylpentamethyldisiloxane; 1,1 , 1 -tri ethyl-3 ,3,3- trimethyldisiloxane; hexaethyldisiloxane; 1, 1 ,3,3 -tetramethyl- 1,3 -bis(2- methylpropyl)distloxane; perxtamethyloctyldisiloxane; 1 ,1 ,1 ~trimethyl~3.3f3-tris( 1- methylethyljdisiloxane; 1 -butyl ~3-ethyl-l J 53-triinethyl-3-piOpyldisiloxane; pentamethylpentyldisiloxane; 14>utyM,l,3,3 xamethyl-3-(l~m
1, 1 ,3 ,3 -tetramethyl- l ,3-bis(l-methylpropyl)disiloxane; 1,1 , 3 -to ethyl- 1 ,3,3- tripropyldisiioxane; (3,3-dimethylbu.tyl)pentameihyldisiloxane; (3- methylbutyl)pentamethyldisiloxane; (3-methylpentyl)pentametliyldisiloxane; 1 ,1.1- triethyl-353-dimethyl-3-propyldisiloxane; 1 -( 1 , 1 -dimethylethyl)-! , 1 ,3,3.3- pentamethyldi siloxane; 1,1 ,1 -trirnethyl-3 ,3,3 -tripropyldisiioxane; 1 , 3 -dimethyl- 1,1,3,3- tetrakis(l -methylethyl)disiloxane; 1 ,1 -dibutyl-1 ,3,3 , -tetramethyldisiloxane; 1.1 ,3,3- tetramethyl-1 ,3-bis(l -methylethyl)disiloxane; 1,1 ,1 ,3-tetramethyl-3 ,3-bis(l - methylethyl)disiJoxane; 1 ,1 ,1 ,3-tetramethyl-3 ,3-dipropyldisiloxane; 1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethyl- l,3-bis(3-methylbutyl)disiloxane; butylpentamethyldisiloxane; pentaethylmethyldisiioxane; 1 , 1 ,3,3-tetramethyl-l ,3-dipentyldisiloxane; 1 ,3-dimethyl- 1,1 ,3,3-tetrapropyldisiloxane; 1 ,1 sl }3-tetraethyl-3' s3-dimethyldisiloxane 1 ,1 ,1-trieth.yl- 3,3,3-tripropyldisiloxane; l ,3-dibutyl~L1353-i'etramethyldisiloxane and hexylpentamethyldisiloxane;
- the following trisiloxanes: octamethyltrisiloxane (surface tension " 17.4 mN/m), sold especially under the name DC 200 Fluid 1 cSt by the company Dow Coming, 3-pentyl-l ,1,1 ,3,5,5,5~heptamethyltrisiloxane; 1 -hexyl-1 ,1 ,3,3,5,5,5- heptameihylirisiloxane; 1,1 ,1 ,3,3,5,5-heptamethyl 5-octyltrisiloxane; 1,1,1,3,5,5,5- heptamethyl-3-octyltrisiioxane5 sold especially under the name Silsoft 034 by the company OSI; 1 , 1 ,1 ,3,5,5,5-heptamethyl-3~hexyltrisiloxane (surface tension - 20.5 mN/m), sold especially under the name DC 2-1731 by .the company Dow Coming; 1 ,1,3,3,5,5- hexamethyl- 1 ,5-dipropyftrisiloxane; 3-(l -ethylbutyl)- 1,1,1 ,3,5,5,5-heptamethyltrisiloxane; 1,1,1 , 3,5,5, 5-heptamethyI-3-(l-niethylpentyl)trisiloxaiis; 1 ,5-diethyl-l ,1 ,3,3,5,5- hexamethylirisiloxaiie; 1,1, 1 ,3 ,5}5,5-heptamethyi-3-(l -methylpropyl)trisiloxane; 3-(l , 1 - dimethylefliyl)-l ,1 ,1 »5,5,5-heptameihyltrisiloxane 1 ,1 , 1 ,5 ,5,5- examethyl-3 ,3-bis( 1 - methylethy!)trisiloxane; 1 , 1 , 1 ,3 ,3 ,5 ,5 -hexaniethyl- 1 ,5-bis( 1 -methylpropyl)txisiloxane; 1,5- bis(l ,l-dimethylethyl)-l , 1 ,3,3,5,5-hexametfhyltrisiloxane; 3-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)- 1,1 ,1 ,3,5,5,5-heptamethyltrisiloxane; l,l ,l,3,5,5,5-heptamethyl-3-(3- methylbutyl)trisiloxane; l,l,l J5,5,5-h tamethyl-3-{3-meΐhylpent l)tΓίsiloxane; 1,1,1 ,5,5,5-h^taniethyl-3-(2-methy].pTOpyl)irisiioxai e; 1 -butyl- 1 ,1 ,3}3,5,5S5- heptamethyltrisiloxane; 1,1,153,5,5,5-heptamethyl-3-propyltrisiloxane; 3-isohexyl- 1,1 ,1 ,3,5,5,5-heptamethyltrisiloxane; l,355-triethyl-l,l,3,5,5-pentametliy siloxane; 3- butyl- 1 ,1 ,1 ,3,5,5, 5-heptameihyltrisiloxane; 3-tert-peiityl- , 1 , ,3 ,5,5,5- heptaraetbyltrisiloxane; 1,1 ,1 ,5,555^hexamethyl-3,3-dipropyltrisiloxane; 3,3-diethyl- 1,1,1 ,5,5,5-hexamsfliyltrisiloxane", 1 ,5-dibutyl-l ,1.3,3,5,5-hexamethyltrisiloxane;
1 ,1 ,l,5,5,5-hfix.aethyl-3,3-dimethyltrisi!oxane; 3,3-dibutyl- ,1 ,1 ,5,5,5- hexamethyltrisiloxane; 3 -ethyl- 1,1,1.3, 5, 5, 5 -hepiameihvltri siloxane; 3-heptyl-l ,1,1, 3.5,5,5- heptaniethyltrisiloxane and 1 -ethyl- 1 , 1 ,3 ,3,5,5.5-heptamethy! siloxane;
- the following tetrasiloxanes: decamethyltetrasiloxane (surface tension ::: 18 m'N/m), sold especially under the name DC 200 Fluid 1.5 cSt by the company Dow
Corning; 1 , 1 ,3,3s5„5,7,7-octamethyl- 1 ,7-dipropyltetrasiloxane; , 1,1 ,3 ,3,5, 7,7,7- nonamethyl.-5-( 1 -methyleth.yl)tetrasilox.an.e; 1 -butyl- 1 ,1 ,3,3 ,5,5,7,7,7- nonamerthyltetrasiloxane; 3;5-diethyl-i,i,l,3}5}7,7,7--ociamethylietrasiloxane; 1 ,3,5,7- tetraethyl- ] , 1 , ,5,7,7-hexametbyUetrasiloxane; 3,3,5,5-tetraethyl- 1 , ί ,1 ,7,7,7- hexamet'hyltetrasiloxane; 1,1,1 ,3,3,5,5,7 ,7-nonamethyl-7-phenyltetrasiloxane; 3,3-diethyl- 1 , 1 ,1 ,5,5,7,7,7-octameihyltetrasiloxane ; 1,1,1 ,3,3,5,7,7,7-npnarneihyI-5- phenyltetrasiloxane;
- the following pentasiloxanes: dodecamethylpentasiloxarie (surface tension 18.7 ffiN/m), sold especially under the name DC 200 Fluid 2 cSt by the company Dow Coming; 1 ,1 ,3,3,5,5,7,7,9,9-decamethyl-l ,9-dipropyipentasiloxane; 3,3,5,5, ,7-hexaethyl- 1,1 ,1 ,9,9,9-hexamethyIpentasiloxane; 1 ,1 ,1.3 ,3,5,7,7 ,9,9,9-undecamethyl-5- phenyipentasiioxane; 1 -butyl -1 ,1 ,3,3,5,5,7 ,7,9,9,9-undecamethylpentasiloxane; 3,3- dkthyi-l ,l ,5,5,7,7,9,959-decamethylpentasiloxane; 1 ,3,5,7,9-pentaethyl-l ,1,3,5,7,9,9- heptamethylpentasiloxane; 3,5;7-trieihy1-l ,l ,l ,3,5,7,9,9,9-nosiaiTiethyiperiiasiIoxane and 1 , I^ethyl-S^^.S J^^^ -nonaiiieihylpentasiloxane;
the following hexasiloxanes: 1 -butyl -1 J , 3,3,5,5,7,7,9,9, 1 1 , 11,1 1- tridecamethylhexasiloxane; 3,5,7,9-tetraethyl-l /l ,13,5,7,9,1 LI 1,11- decamethylhexasiloxane and tetradecamethylhexa siloxane.
- hex ad ecarrs ethylheptasiloxane ;
- octadecamethyloctasiloxane;
- eicosamethylnonasiloxane, ·
Among the silicones of formula (Π) that may be mentioned are:
- the following tetrasiloxanes: 2-[3 ,3-trimethyl-l,l -bis[(triiiiethylsilyl)- oxyjdisiioxanyljethyl 1,1, 1 ,5,5, 5-hexamethyl-3-(2-methylpropyl)-3-[(trirnethylsilyl)- oxy]trisiloxane; 3-(l,l -dimethylethyl)-l ,l,l,5,5,5-h^^
oxy]trisiloxane;- 3-b tyl-l 5l ,l ,5,5,5-hexamethyl-3-[(trimethylsily])oxy]trisiloxiffle; 1 ,1 ,L5,5,5~hexame1hyl"3~propyl-3-[(tiiniethyisilyl)ox ]tnsiioxane; 3-ethyI-l Λ ,1 ,5,5,5- hexametliyl-3-[(trii ethylsilyl)oxy]trisiloxane; Ll ,l-t.riethyl-3,5,555-teirainethyl-3- (trimethylsiloxy)trisiloxane; 3-methyl-l ,1.1,5, 5,5-hexamethyl-3-
[triinethyisilyi)oxy]trisiJoxane; 3-[(dimeihylphenyjai]yl)oxyj-l , 1 ,1,3,5,5,5- heptamethyltrisiloxane; 1 , 1 ,1 ,5,5,5-hexainethy]-3-(2-methylpentyl)-3-[(tiimethylsilyi)~ oxyjtrisiloxane; l5l,l ,5,5,5-hexamethyl-3-(4-methylpentyl)-3- [(trirrxethylsiiyl)- oxyjtrisiloxane; 3-hexyl- 1,1,1 ,5,5,5-hexaitiethyl-3-[(1rimethylsilyl)oxy]trisiloxane and lsl,1 55,5,5-heptairiethyl-3-[(triraethylsilyl)oxy]trisiloxarie;
the following pentasiloxanes: 1,1,1 ,3,5,5,7,7,7-nonamefliyl-3- (trimethylsiloxy)tetrasiloxane and 1,1 ,1 ,3,3 J,7,7-octaiTiethyl-5-phenyl-5~[(trirriethylsilyl)- oxyjtetrasiioxane;
- the following hexasiioxane: 1,1 ,1.3,5,5,7,7,9,9,11 ,1 l ,l l-tridecamethyl-3- [(trimethyl si iyl)oxy] hexasiioxane.
Among the silicones of formula (IB), mention may foe made of:
- 1 , l ,l ,5,5.5-hexamethyl-3,3-bis(trrmethylsiloxy)jrisiloxane.
Use may also be made of other volatile silicone oils chosen from:
the following tetrasiloxanes: 2,2,8,8-tetramethyl-5- [(pentamethyldisiloxanyl)methyl]- 3,7-dioxa~2,8-disilanonane; 2,2,5,8,8-pentamethyl-5- i(ixinKithylsilyl)metl xy]-4,6-dioxa-2,5,8-trisilanonai e; 1 ,3 -dimethyl- 1 ,3- bis[(trimetliylsilyl)metliyl]- 1 ,3-disiloxanediol; 3-ethyl-l , 1 , 1 ,5.555- iexameiliyl-3-[3-
(tri.methylsiloxy)propyl]trisiloxane and l,l,l ,5,5,5-hexamethyl-3-phenyl-3-
[(trimetliylsilyl)oxy]trisiloxane (Dow 556 Fluid);
~ the following pentasiioxanes: 2,2,7 ,7,9 ,9,1 LI 1,16, 16-decaraethyl-3,8, 10,15- tetraoxa-2,7,9,1 1,16- pentasilaheptadecane and tl e tetralds[{trimethylsilyl)methyl] ester of silicic acid;
- the following hexasiloxanes: 3,5-diethyl-l,l,l,7,7,7~hexamethyl-355- bis[(trimethylsiIyl)oxy]tetrasiloxane and LI ,1,3,5,7,7, 7-octametihyl-3, 5- bis[(tximethylsilyl)oxy]tetrasiloxane;
the heptasiioxaiie: 1,1 ,l,3,7 ,7-heptamethyl~3,5,5-tris[(trimethylsilyl)- oxyjtetrasiloxane;
the following octasiloxanes: sl,l,3,5,5.959,9-honamethyl-3,7,7- iris[(triraethylsiiyl)oxy]pentasiloxaiY ; 1 s 1 , 1 ,3,5,7,9,9,9-nonamethyj-3,5,7- s[(trimetliylsilyl)oxy]pentasiloxaae and 1 ,1,1 ,7,7,7-hexamethyl-3 ,3,5,5- tetraki s [(trimethyl si 1 yl)ox y] tetrasi I oxane.
Volatile silicone oils that may mor particularly be mentioned include decamethylcyclopentasiloxane sold especially under the name DC-245 by the company Dow Coming, dodeeamethylcyclohexasiloxane sold especially under the name DC-246 by the company Dow Coming. octamethyltrisiloxane sold especially under the name DC-.200 Fluid 1 cSt by the company Dow Corning, decamethyltetrasiloxane sold especially under the name DC-200 Fluid 1.5 cSt by tlie company Dow Corning and DC-200 Fluid 5 cSt sold by the company Dow Coming, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, heptamethylhexyltrisiloxane, heptamethylethyltrisiloxane, heptamethyloctyltrisiloxane and dodecamethyipentasiioxane, and mixtures thereof .
it should be noted that, among the ahovementioned oils, the linear oils prove to be particularly advantageous.
Non- volatile silicone oils
According to a second embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise at least one non-volatile silicone oil. The non- volatile silicone oils that may be used in the invention may be chosen from silicone oils with a viscosity at 25°C of greater than or equal to 9 centistokes (cSt) (9 x 10"6 m2/s) and less than 800 000 cSt, preferably between 50 and 600 000 eSt and preferably between 100 and 500 000 cSt. The viscosity of this silicone oil may be measured according to standard ASTM D-445,
Among these silicone oils, two types of oil may be distinguished, according to whether or not they contain phenyl.
Representative examples of these non-volatile linear silicone oils that may be mentioned include polydimethylsiloxanes; alk l dimethicones; vinyl methyl melhicones; and also silicones modified with optionally fl orinated aliphatic groups, or with functional groups such as hydroxyl, thiol and or amine groups.
Thus, non-phenyl non-volatile silicone oils that maybe mentioned include:
- PDMSs comprising alkyl or alkoxy groups, which are pendent and/or at the end of the silicone chain, these groups each containing from 2 to 24 carbon atoms,
- PDMSs comprising aliphatic groups, or functional groups such as hydroxyl, thiol and/or amine groups,
- polyalkyiniethylsiloxanes optionally substituted with a fluorinated group, such as pol metliyltxifluoropropyidimethylsiloxanes,
- polyalkyiniethylsiloxanes substituted with functional groups such as hydroxy!, thiol and/or amine groups,
- polysiloxanes modified with fatty acids, fatty alcohols or polyoxyatkylenes, and mixtures thereof.
According to one embodiment, a composition according to the invention contains at least one non-phenyl linear silicone oil.
The non-phenyl linear silicone oil may be chosen especially from the silicones of formula:
in which:
Ri, R.2, Rs and Re are, together or separately, an alkyl radical containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms,
Ra and 4 are, together or separately, an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a vinyl radical, an amine radical or a hydroxy! radical,
X is an alky] radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxy! radical or an amine radical,
n and p are integers chosen so as to have a fluid compound.
As non-volatile silicone oils that ma be used according to the invention, mention may be mad e of those for which;
- the substituerits Ri to R$ and X represent a methyl group, and p and n are such that the viscosity is 500 000 cSt, such as the product sold under the name SE30 by the company General Electric, the product sold under the name AK 500000 by the company Wacker, the product sold under the name Mirasil DM 500 000 by the company Bluestar, and the product sold under the name Dow Coming 200 Fluid 500 000 cSt by the company Dow Corning,
- the substituents R.¾ to and X represent a methyl group, and p and n arc such that the viscosity is 60 000 cSt, such as the product sold under the name Dow Coming 200 Fluid 60000 CS by ihe company Dow Coming, and the product sold under the name W acker Belsil DM 60 000 by the company Wacker,
- the substituerits i to ¾ and X represent a methyl group, and p and n are such that the viscosity is 350 cSt, such as the product sold under the name Dow Corning 200 Fluid 350 CS by the company Dow Corning,
- the substituents Ri to e represent a methyl group, the group X represents a hydroxyl group, and n and p are such that the viscosity is 700 cSt, such as the product, sold under the name Baysilone Fluid ΊΌ.7 by the company Momeniive.
According to one embodiment variant, a composition according to the invention contains at least one phenyl silicone oil.
Representative examples of these non-volatile phenyl silicone oils that may be mentioned include:
-the phenyl silicone oils corresponding to the following formula: R~~~Si— O I
I i I
R— Si-
R F
— Si— -O
i
R (J)
in which the groups R represent, independently of each other, a methyl or a phenyl with the proviso that at least one group R represents a phenyl. Preferably, in this formula, the phenyl silicone oil comprises at least three phenyl groups, for example at least four, at feast five or at least six.
™ the phenyl silicone oils corresponding to the following formula:
R R R
R_Si_0 Si o Si R
! I I
R R R (SI) in which the groups R represent, independently of each other, a methyl or a phenyl, with the proviso that at least one group R represents a phenyl. Preferably, in this formula, the said organopolysiloxane comprises at least three phenyl groups, for example at least four or at least five. Mixtures of the phenyl organopolysiloxanes described previously may he used. Examples that may be mentioned include mixtures of triplienyl, tetraphenyl or pentaphenyl organo-polysiloxanes.
- the phenyl silicone oils corresponding to the following formula:
Ph Ph Ph
/ / /
/ / /
Si _Si_c ,_Si—
\ \ \
Ph Me Ph
in which Me represents methyl, Pli represents phenyl. Such a phenyl silicone is especially manufactured by Dow Coming raider the reference PH-1555 HR1 or Dow Corning 555 Cosmetic Fluid (chemical name: l,3,54rimethyl- 1,1, 3,5,5- pentaphenyltrisiloxane; INCI name: trimethyl pentaphenyl trisiioxane). The reference Dow Coming 554 Cosmetic Fluid may also be used.
- the phenyl silicone oils corresponding to the following formula;
in which Me represents methyl, y is between 1 and 1000 and X represents -CH2-CH(CH3)(Ph).
the phenyl silicone oils corresponding to formula (V) below:
in which Me is methyl and Ph is phenyl, OR' represents a group -OSi ej and y is 0 or ranges between 1 and 1000, and z ranges between 1 and 1000, such that compound (V) is a non- volatile oil.
According to a first embodiment, y ranges between 1 and 1000. Use may be made, for example, of .trimethyl siloxyphenyl dimethicone, sold especially under the reference Belsil PDM 1000 sold by the company Wacker.
According to a second embodiment, y is equal to 0. Use may be made, for example, of phenyl trimethylsiloxy trisiloxane, sold especially under the reference Dow Coming 556 Cosmetic Grade Fluid,
- the phenyl silicone oils corresponding to formula (VI) below, and mixtures srrs
in which: - E5 to RUi, independently of each other, are saturated or unsaturated, linear, cyclic or braixched hydrocarbon-based radicals,
m, n, p and q are, independently of each other, integers between 0 and 900, with the proviso that the mm m + n - q is other than 0,
Preierably, the sum rn+n+q is between 1 and 100, Preferably, the sum m-hs+q is between 1 and 900 and better still between 1 and 800. Preferably, q is equal to 0.
~ the phenyl silicone oils corresponding to formula (VII) below, and mixtures thereof:
in which:
- Rj to R6, independently of each oilier, are saturated or unsaturated, linear, cyclic or branched C J-C-JO hydrocarbon-based radicals,
m. n and p are, independently of each other, integers beuveen 0 and 100, with the proviso that the sum n + m is between 1 and 100.
Preferably, Ri to Rg, independently of each other, represent a saturated, linear or branched C1-C30 and especially C1 -C 12 hydrocarbon-based radical and in particular a methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl radical
Ri to R§ may especially be identical, and in addition may be a methyl radical. Preferably, m -; 1 or 2 or 3, and/or n :s: 0 and/or p 0 or 1 may apply, in formula (VII).
■ the phenyl silicone oils corresponding to formula (Viil) below, and mixtures thereof:
in which:
-- R is a C1-C3 alkyl radical, an ary! radical or an aralkyl radical,
- n is an integer ranging from 0 to 100, arid
- m is an integer ranging from 0 to 100, with the proviso that the sum n+m ranges from 1 to 100,
In particular, the radicals R of formula (Viil) and Ri to Rio defined previously may each represent a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated alkyl radical, especially of C2-C20, in particuiar C3-Cig and more particularly C4-C10, or a monocyclic or poiyeyciic Ce-Cj4 and especially C10-C33 aryl radical, or an aralkyl radical whose aryl and alkyl residues are as defined previously,
Preferably, R of formula (VIII) and Rt to Rio may each represent a methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, decyl, dodecyl or octadecyl radical, or alternatively a phenyl, tolyh benzyl or phenethyl radical.
According to one embodiment, a phenyl silicone oil of formula (VIII) with a viscosity at 25°C of between 5 and 1500 mm2/s (i.e. 5 to 1500 cSt), and preferably with a viscosit of between 5 and 1000 mm2/s (i.e. 5 to 1000 cSt) may be used.
As phenyl silicone oils of formula (VIII), it is especially possible to use phenyl trimethicones such as DC556 from Dow Corning (22.5 c-St), the oil Silbione 70663V30. from Rhone-Poulenc (28 cSt) or diphenyl dixnethicones such as Belsil oils, especially Belsil PDMiOOO (1000 cSt), Belsil PDM 200 (200 cSt) and Belsil PDM 20 (20 cSt) from Wacker. The values in parentheses represen the viscosities at 25°C.
- the phenyl silicone oils corresponding to the following formula, and mixtures thereof:
(IX)
which:
i, Rg, R5 and R are, together or separately, an alky! radical containing I to 6 carbon atoms,
3 and R4 are, together or separately, an alky] radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl radical,
X is an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxy! radical or a vinyl radical,
n and p being chosen so as to give the oil a weight-average molecular mass of less than 200 000 g/mol,. preferably less than 150 000 g/mol and more preferably less than 100 000 g mol.
"flie phenyl silicones that are most particularly suitable for use in the invention are those corresponding to formulae (II), especially to formula (III), and (V) hereinabove. .
More particularly, the phenyl silicones are chosen from phenyl trimethicones, phenyl dimethicones, phenyl-trimethylsiloxydiphenylsiloxanes, diphenyl dimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltrisiloxanes and 2-phenylethy! trimethylsiloxysilicates, and mixtures thereof.
Preferably, the weight- average molecular weight of the non-volatile phenyl silicone oil according to the invention ranges from 500 to 10 000 g/mol.
It should be noted that, among the silicone compounds according to the invention, linear silicone oils and phenyl silicone oils prove to be particularly advantageous.
According to another embodiment variant, a composition according to the invention contains, as silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, at least one silicone gum. The silicone gum that may be used in the invention may be chosen from silicone gums with a viscosity at 25°C of greater than or equal to 800 000 centistokes (cSt), especially between 800 000 and 10 000 000 cSt, preferably between 1 000 000 and 500 000 cSt and preferably between 1 000 000 and 2 500 000 cSt. The viscosity of this silicone oil may be measured according to standard ASTM D-445.
The molecular mass of the silicone gums is generally greater than 350 000 g'nioL between 350 000 and 800 000 g/rnol and preferably from 450 000 to 700 000 g mol.
The silicone gum may he chosen especially from the silicones of formula:
in which:
R.i, R.2, R-5 and R.6 are, together or separately, an alkyl radical containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms,
R.3 and R4 are, together or separately, an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a vinyl radical, an amine radical or a hydroxyl radical',
X is an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl radical or an amine radical,
n and p being integers chosen such that the viscosity of the compound is greater than 800.000 cSt.
As silicone gums that may be used according to the invention, mention may be made of those for which:
- the substituents Ri to Rg represent a methyl group, the group X represents a hydroxyl group, and n and p are such thai the molecular weight of the polymer is 600 000 g mol, such as the product sold under the name Mirasil C-DPDM by the company B!uestar; - the substituents K\ to ¾ represent a methyl group, the group X represents a hvdroxyl group, and n and p are such that the molecular weight of the polymer is 600 000 g/mol, such as the product sold under the name SGM 36 by the company Dow Coming;
- dimethicones of the (polydimeihylsiloxane) (memylvinylsiloxane) type, such as SE63 sold by GE Bayer Silicones, poly(dimethylsiloxane)(diphenyI)- (methylv nylsiloxane) copol mers, and mixtures thereof.
According to a particular embodiment, the silicons compoundis) is/are chosen from non-volatile silicone oils, silicone gums. and volatile silicone oils.
Preferably, the silicone compound(s) is/are chosen from non-volatile silicone oils and silicone gums.
More preferably, the silicone compound(s) is/are advantageously chosen from non-volatile silicone oils, and in particular from phenyl non- volatile silicone oils.
Advantageously, a composition according to the inventio may comprise from 0.1% to 60% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
hi particular, it may comprise from 0.2% to 50% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
More particularly, it may. comprise from 0.5% to 40% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
According to one particular embodiment, especially in the case of a lip makeup composition, it may comprise more than 15% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
In particular, a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the lips and more particularly of lipstick type may comprise from 0,1 % to 60% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the lips and more particularly of lipstick type may comprise from 0.2% to 50% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention far caring for and/or making up the lips and more particulai'ly of lipstick type ma comprise from 0.5% to 40% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weiglit of the composition.
Preferentially, a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the lips and more particularly of lipstick type may comprise more than 15% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
For its part, a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the skin and more particularly of foundation type may comprise from 0.1 % to 40% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the skin and more particularly of foundation type may comprise from 0.2% to 30% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
Preferentially, a composition according to the invention for earing for and/or making up the skin and more particularly of foundation type may comprise more than 15% by weight of silicone compound(s) according to the invention relative to the total weight of the composition.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention comprises at least one silicone compound according to the invention and at least one supramolecular polymer in a silicone compound(s) according to the invention/'poiymer(s) weight ratio of between 0.01 and 20.
Preferably, they are present in a weight ratio of between 0.1 and 15. More preferably, they are present in a weiglit ratio of between 0.4 and 10.
Preferably, they are present in a weight ratio of between 1 and 8.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention comprises at least one silicone compound according to the invention and at least one supramolecular polymer in a silicone compound(s) according to the mvention polymer(s) weight ratio of between 0.1 and 20.
Preferably, they are present in a weight ratio of between 0.2 and 15. More preferably, they are present in a weight ratio of between 0.5 and 10. Preferably, they are present in a weight ratio of between 1 and 8.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention for caring for and/or making up the skin, more particularly of foundation type, comprises at least one silicone compound according to the invention and at least one supramolecular polymer in a silicone compound(s) according to the invention/poiymer(s) weight ratio of greater than 0.01.
Preferably, they are present in a weight ratio of greater than 0.02. Preferably, they arc present in a weight ratio of greater than 0.04. A cosmetic makeup and/or care composition according to the invention also comprises a cosmetically acceptable medium that may comprise the usual ingredients, as a function of the intended use of the composition.
Additional fatty phase
According to one embodiment, the composition according to the invention may comprise, besides a silicone compound of viscosity in accordance with the invention, an additional liquid fatty phase.
This additional liquid fatty phase may comprise, besides the silicone compounds according to the invention mentioned previously, one or more hydrocarbon- based oils and/or one or more fiuoro oils.
The additional liquid fatty phase may represent from 0.1% to 98% b weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
It is understood that this weight percentage of liquid fatty phase takes into account the weight of oil used for the formulation of the associated supramolecular polymer, if present.
In particular, a composition according to the invention and/or used in a process according to the invention may comprise from 0.1% to 95% by weight of an additional liquid fatty phase relative to its total weight, More particularly, a composition according to the invention and/or used in a process according to the invention may comprise from 0.5% to 90% by weight of an additional liquid fatty phase relative to its total weight.
Thus, a composition under consideration according to the invention may advantageously comprise one or more oils, which may be chosen especially from hydrocarbon-based oils and fhioro oils, and mixtures thereof.
The oils may be of animal, plant, mineral or synthetic origin. The oils may be volatile or non-volatile.
The term "fluoro oil" 'means an oil comprising at least one fluorine atom.
The te m "hydrocarbon-based oil" means an oil mainly containing hydrogen and carbon atoms.
The oils may optionally comprise oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur and/or phosphorus atoms, for example in the form of hydroxy! or acid radicals.
The volatile hydrocarbon-based oils may be chosen from hydrocarbon-based oils containing from 8 to 16 carbon atoms, and especially Q-Cif, branched alkanes (also known as isoparaflins), for instance isododecane, isodecane and isohexadecane.
The volatile hydrocarbon-based oil may also be a linear volatile alkane containing 7 to 17 carbon atoms, in particular 9 to 15 carbon atoms and more particularly 1 1 to 13 carbon atoms. Mention may be made especially of n-nonadecane, n-deeane, n- undecane, n-dodecane, n-tridecane, n-tetradecane, n-pentadecane and n-hexadecane, and mixtures thereof.
Non- volatile hydrocarbon-based oils that may especially be mentioned include:
- hydrocarbon-based oils of animal origin,
- hydrocarbon-based oils of plant origin, such as phytostearyi esters, such as phytostearyl oleate, phytostearyi isostearate and lauroyl/octyldodecyi/phytostearyl glutamate; triglycerides ibrmed from fatty acid esters of glycerol, in particular whose fatty acids may have chain lengths ranging from C4 to C-^ and especially from Ci¾ to C36, these oils possibly being linear or branched, and saturated or unsaturated; these oils may especially be heptanoic or octanoic triglycerides, shea oil, alfalfa oil, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, millet oil, barley oil, quinoa oil, rye oil, candlenut oil, passionflower oil, shea butter oil, aloe oil, sweet almond oil, peach stone oil, groundnut oil, argan oil, avocado oil, baobab oil, borage oil, broccoli oil, calendula oil, camellina oil, carrot oil, safflower oil, hemp oil, rapeseed oil, cottonseed oil, coconut oil, marrow seed oil, wheatgerm oil, jojoba oil, lily oil, macadamia oil, com oil, meadowfoam oil, St-John's wort oil, monoi oil. hazelnut oil, apricot kernel oil, walnut oil, olive oil, evening primrose oil, palm oil, blackcurrant pip oil, kiwi seed oil, grape seed oil, pistachio oil, pumpkin oil, quinoa oil, musk rose oil, sesame oil. soybean oil, sunflower oil, castor oil and watermelon oil, and mixtures thereof, or alternatively caprylic/capric acid triglycerides, such as those sold by the company Stearineries Dubois or those sold under the names Miglyol 810® 812® and 818ffi> by the company Dynamit Nobel,
- synthetic ethers containing from 10 to 40 carbon atoms;
- synthetic esters, for instance the oils of formula RjCOOR.2, in which Ri represents a linear or branched fatty acid residue containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and R2 represents a hydrocarbon-based chain, which is especially branched, containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, on condition that ¾ + R2 > 10. The esters may be chosen especially from fatly acid esters of alcohols, for instance cetostearyl oetanoate, isopropyl alcohol esters, such as isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, ethyl palmitate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate, isopropyl stearate, isopropyl isostearate, isostearyl isostearate, octyl stearate, hydroxylated esters, for instance isostearyl lactate, octyl hydroxystearate, diisopropyl adipate, heptanoates. and especially isostearyl heptanoate, alcohol or polya!coho! octanoates, decanoates or rfemoleates, for instance propylene glycol dioetanoate, cetyl octanoate, tridecyl octanoate, 2-ethylhexyl 4-diheptanoate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate, alkyl benzoates, polyethylene glycol diheptanoate, propylene glycol 2-diethyihexanoate, and mixtures thereof, Cj2~Ci5 alcohol benzoates, hexyl laurate, neopentanoic acid esters, for instance isodecyl neopentanoate, isotridecyl neopentanoate, isostearyl neopentanoate, octyldodecyl neopentanoate, isononanoic acid esters, for instance isonon l isononanoate, isotridecyl isononanoate, octyl isononanoate, hydroxylated esters, for instance isostearyl lactate and diisostearyl malate,
- poly l esters and pentaerythritol esters, for instance dipentaerythrityi tetrahydroxystearate/tetraisostearate,
- esters of diol dimers and of di acid dimers,
- copolymers of diol dimer and of diacid dimer arid esters thereof, such as dilinoleyl diol dimer/dilino!eic dimer copolymers, and esters thereof, - copolymers of polyols and of diacid dimers, and esters thereof,
- fatty alcohols that are liquid at room temperature, with a branched and/or unsaturated carbon-based chain containing from 12 to 26 carbon atoms, for instance 2- octyldodecaaol, isostearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, 2-hex.yldecano , 2-butyloctanol and 2- undecylpentadecanol,
- Ci2-C22 higher fatty acids, such as oleic acid, liftoleic acid and linoienic acid, and mixtures thereof;
-.dialkyl carbonates, the two alky! chains possibly being identical or different, such as dieaprylyl carbonate;
- oils with a molar mass of between about 400 and about lO OOO g moL in particular- about 650 to about 10 000 g-'mo , in particular from about 750 to about 7500 g mol and more particularly ranging from about 1000 to about 5000 g/rnol; mention may be made especially, alone or as a mixture, of (i) lipophilic polymers such as pol.ybutylen.es, polyisobutylenes, for example hydrogenated, polydecenes and hydrogefiated polydecenes, vinylpyrrolidone copolymers, such as the vinylpyrroIidone 1- hexadecene copolymer, and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) copolymers, such as the copolymers of a -C30 alkene, such as C3-C22, and combinations thereof; (ii) linear fatty acid esters containing a total carbon number ranging from 35 to 70, for instance pentaerythrityl tetrapelargonate; (iii) hydroxylated esters such as polyglyceryl-2 triisostearate; (iv) aromatic esters such as tridecyl trimellitate; (v) esters of fatty alcohols or of branched C24-C28 fatty acids, such as those described in patent US 6 491 927 and pentaerythritol esters, and especially triisoarachidyl citrate, pentaerythrityl tetraisononaaoate, glyceryl triisostearate, glyceryl 2-tridecyltetradecanoate, pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate, poly(2-glyceryl) tetraisostearate or pentaerythrityl 2- tetradecyltetradeeanoate; (vi) diol dimer esters and polyesters, such as esters of diol dimer and of fatty acid, and esters of diol dimer and of diacid.
According to one embodiment, a composition according to the invention also comprises at least isododecane.
According to one embodiment, the composition is free of additional non- silicone oil other than isododecane.
More particularly, the composition according to the invention contains between 0.1% and 98% of isododecane relative to its total weight. Preferably, the composition according to the invention contains between 5% and 95% of isododecane relative to its total weight.
Advantageously, the composition according to the invention contains between 10% and 90% of isododecane relative to its total weight.
For obvious reasons, this isododecane concentration can vary as a function of the nature and the amount of combined silicone compoiund(s) according to the invention.
Solid fatty substances
A composition according to the invention ma also comprise at least one solid fatty substance especially chosen from waxes and/or pasty fatty substances.
Preferably, the amount of pasty substance in the makeup and/or care composition according to the invention is between 0.5% and 50% by weight, especially from 1% to 40% by weight or even 2% to 30% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
Waxes
According to a first embodiment, the composition is free of wax.
According to a second embodiment, the composition comprises at least one wax. According to this embodiment, preferably, the amount of wax(es) in the makeup and/or care composition according to the invention is between 0.5% and 30% by weight, especially from 1% to 20% by weight or even 2% to 1.5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
The term "wax" means a lipophilic compound thai is solid at room temperature (25°C), with a reversible solid/liquid change of state, having a melting point of greater than or equal to 30°C, which may be up to 200°C. The waxes may be chosen from waxes of animal, plant, mineral or synthetic origin, and mixtures thereof. Mention may be made especially of hydrocarbon-based waxes, for instance beeswax, lanolin wax and Chinese insect waxes; rice bran wax, carnauba wax, candelilla wax, ouricury wax, alfalfa wax, berry wax, shellac wax, Japan wax and sumach wax; montan wax, orange wax, lemon wax, microcrystalline waxes, paraffins and ozokerite; polyethylene waxes, the waxes obtained by Fisher-Tropsch synthesis and waxy copolymers, and also esters thereof, Mention may also be made of waxes obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of animal or plant oils containing linear or branched Cs-C32 fatty chains. Among these, mention may be made especially of hydrogenated sunflower oil, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated coconut oil, hydrogenated lanolin oil and bis(l,l,i-tTimeihyloIpropane) tetrastearate. Mention may also be made of silicone waxes and fluoro waxes. The waxes obtained by hydrogenaiion of castor oil esterified with cetyl alcohol may also be used.
Advantageously, a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one wax, especially a hydrocarbon-based wax.
Pasty fatty smbstaMees
According to a first embodiment, the composition is tree of pasty fatty substances,
According to a second embodiment, the composition comprises at least one pasty fatty substance. According to this embodiment, preferably, the amount of pasty fatty substance in the makeup and/or care composition according to the invention is between 0.5% and 30% by weight, especially from 1% to 20% by weight or even 2% to 15% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
The term "pasty fatty substance" refers to a lipophilic fatty compound with a reversible solid/liquid change of state and comprising, at a temperature of 23°C, a liquid fraction and a solid fraction. The pasty compound preferably has a hardness at 20° C ranging from 0.001 to 0.5 MP a and preferably from 0,002 to 0.4 MP a. The pasty compound is preferably chosen from synthetic compounds and compounds of plant origin. A pasty compound may be obtained by synthesis from starting materials of plant origin. Mention may be made especially, alone or as a mixture, of:
- lanolin and derivatives thereof, such as lanolin alcohol, oxyethylenated lanolins, acetylated lanolin, lanolin esters such as isopropyl lanolate, and oxypropylenated lanolins,
- polymeric or non-polymeric silicone compounds with a viscosity of greater than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, for instance poiydimethyisiloxan.es of high molecular masses, polydimefhylsiloxanes containing side chains of the alkyl or aJkoxy type containing from 8 to 24 carbon atoms, especially steary! dimethicones,
- polymeric or non-polymeric fluoro compounds, - vinyl polymers, especially olefin homopolymers; olefin copolymers; hydrogenated diene homopolymers and copolymers; linear or branched oligomers, homopolymers or copolymers of alkyl (nieth)acrylates preferably containing a Cg-Cso alkyl group; hoiriopolymer and copolymer oligomers of vinyl esters containing Cg-Cjo alkyl groups: homopolymer and copolymer oligomers of vinyl ethers containing Cg-Cso alkyl groups;
- liposol ble polyethers resulting from polyetherification between one or more C2C100 arid preferably C2-C50 diols; and especially copolymers of ethylene oxide and/or of propylene oxide with long-chain .CVC30 alkyleae oxides, more preferably such that the weight ratio of the ethylene oxide and/or the propylene oxide to the alkylene oxides in the copolymer is 5:95 to 70:30;
- polyol ethers chosen from polyalkylene glycol pentaerythrityl ethers, fatty alcohol ethers of sugars, and mixtures thereof, polyethylene glycol pentaerythrityl ether comprising five oxyethylene (5 OE) units (CTFA name: PEG-5 pentaerythrityl ether), polypropylene glycol pentaerythrityl ether comprising five oxypropylene (S OP) units (CTFA name: PPG- 5 Pentaerythrityl Ether), and mixtures thereof;
- esters and polyesters; and especially (i) esters of a glycerol oligomer, especially diglycerol esters, in particular condensates of adipic acid and of glycerol, tor which some of the hydroxy! groups of the glycerols have reacted with a mixture of fatty acids such as stearic acid, capric acid, stearic acid and isostearic acid and 12- hydroxystearic acid; (ii) .phytosterol esters, (iii) pentaerythritol esters; (iv) esters formed from at least one alcohol, at least one of the alcohols being a Guerbet alcohol and from a diacid diraer formed from at least one unsaturated fatty acid; (v) non-crqsslinked polyesters resulting from polycondensation between a linear or branched C -C50 dicarboxylic acid or polycarboxylic acid, and a C2-C50 dio! or polyol, (vi) polyesters resulting : from the esterification, with a polycarboxylic acid, of an aliphatic hydroxycarboxylic acid ester; (vii) aliphatic esters of an ester resulting from the esterification of an aliphatic hydroxycarboxylic acid ester with an aliphatic carboxylic acid containing especially 4 to 30 carbon atoms. The aliphatic hydroxycarboxylic acid ester is advantageously derived from a hydroxylated aliphatic carboxylic acid containing 2 to 40 carbon atoms and 1 to 20 hydroxyl groups; (vni) aliphatic esters of esters chosen from the ester resulting from the esierifi cation reaction of hydrogenated castor oil with isostearic acid (hydrogenated castor oil mono-, di- or triisostearate).
The pasty compound may also he of plant origin. Mention may be made especially of isomerized jojoba oil, such as trans-iso ierized partially hydrogenated jojoba oil; orange wax, shea butter, partially hydrogenated olive oil, cocoa butter and mango oil.
Fillers
A makeup and/or care composition according to the invention may also comprise one or more fi!ler(s).
According to a .first embodiment, the composition is free of fillers.
According to a second embodiment, the composition comprises at least one filler. According to this embodiment, such fillers may be present in a proportion of from 0.01% to 35% by weight and preferably 0.1% to 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
Preferably, a composition according to the invention, when it is in the form of a skin makeup product more particularly of foundation type, comprises at least one filler.
illustrations of these fillers that may be mentioned include talc, mica, silica, kaolin, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, Nylon (especially Orgasol) powde and polyethylene powder, Teflon, starch, boron nitride, copolymer microspheres such as Expancel (Nobel Industrie) and silicone resin microbeads (Tospearls from the company Momentive Performance Materials, and especially the reference Tospearl 145 A, for example); and also mixtures thereof.
According to one embodiment variant, a composition according to the invention contains at least one filler that is capable of absorbing an oil.
In particular, a composition according to the invention comprises at least one filler with capacity for absorbing and/or adsorbing a liquid fatty substance, for instance sebum.
This oil-absorbing filler may also advantageously have a BET specific surface area of greater than or equal to 300 m7g, preferably greater than 500 m /g and preferentially greater than 600 m2/g, and especially less than 1500 m7g.
The BET specific surface area is determined according to the BET (Brunauer- Emmet-Teller) method described in the Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol. 60, page 309, February 1938 and corresponding to the international standard ISO 5794/1 (appendix D). The BET specific surface area corresponds to the total specific surface area (thus including micropores) of the powder.
The tiller under consideration according to the invention is thus characterized in that it has an oil uptake of greater than or equal to 1 ml/g, especially ranging from 1 ml/g to 20 ml/g, or even ranging from 1.5 ml/g to 15 ml/g. It preferably lias an oil uptake of greater than or equal to 2 ml/g, especially ranging from 2 ml/g to 20 ml/g, or even ranging
This oil uptake, which corresponds to the amount of oil absorbed and/or adsorbed by the filler, may be characterized by measuring the wei point according to the method described below.
Method for measuring the oil uptake of a filler;
The oil uptake of a powder is measured according to the method for determining the oil uptake of a powder are described in standard NF T 30-022. It corresponds to the amount of oil adsorbed onto the available surface of the pulverulent material, by measuring the wet point.
An amount m (in grams) of powder of between about 0.5 g and 5 g (the amount depends on the density of the powder) is placed on a glass plate and isononyl isononanoate is then added drop wise.
After addition of 4 to 5 drops of isononyl isononanoate, .the isononyl isononanoate is incorporated into the filler using a spatula, and addition of the isononyl isononanoate is continued until a conglomerate of isononyl isononanoate and powder has formed. At this point the isononyl isononanoate is added one drop at a time and the mixture is then triturated with the spatula. The addition of isononyl isononanoate is stopped when a firm, smooth paste is obtained. This paste must be able to be spread on the glass plate without cracking or forming lumps. The volume Vs (expressed in ml) of isononyl isononanoate used is then noted,
The oil uptake corresponds to the ratio V s/m.
This oil-absorbing filler may be a mineral powder or an organic powder; it may be chosen from silica, polyamide (Nylon®) powders, acrylic polymer powders, especially polymethyl methacrylate powder, polymethyl methacrylate/ethylene glycol 'dimethacrylate powder, poiyallyi emacrylate/ethylene glycol dimethacrylate powder or ethylene glycol dimethacaylate/lauryl methaciylate copolymer powder; powders of silicone elastomers obtained especially by polymerization of organopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogen atoms each bonded to a silicon atom and of an organopolysiloxane comprising at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups (especially two vinyl groups) in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
The oil -absorbing filler may be a powder coated with a hydrophobic treatment agent.
Silica powders that may be mentioned include:
- porous silica microspheres, especially those sold under the names
Sunsphere® H53 and Sunsphere® H33 (oil uptake equal to 3.70 ml g) by the company Asahr Glass; MSS-500-3H by the company Kobo; Silica Beads SB-700 by the company Miyoshi,
- polydimethylsiloxane-coated amorphous silica microspheres, especially those sold under the name SA Sunsphere® H33 (oil uptake equal to 2.43 ml/g),
- silica silylate powders, especially those sold under the name Dow Corning VM-2270 Aerogel Fine Particles by the company Dow Corning (oil uptake equal to 10.40 ml/g),
- amorphous hollow silica particles, especially those sold under the name Silica Shells by the company Kobo (oil uptake equal to 5.50 ml/g),
- precipitated silica powders surface-treated with a mineral wax, such as precipitated silica treated with a polyethylene wax. and especially those sold under the name Acematt OR 412 by the company Evonik-Degussa {oil uptake equal to 3.98 ml/g).
Acrylic polymer powders that may be mentioned include:
- porous polymethyl methacrylate/ethylene glycol dimethacrylate spheres sold under the name Microsponge 5640 by . the company Cardinal Health Technologies (oil uptake equal to 1.55 ml g), Ganzpearl® GMP-0820 by the company Ganz Chemical,
- ethylene glycol dmiethacrylate/lauryl methacrylate copolymer powders, especially those sold under the name Polytrap® 6603 from me company Dow Corning (oil uptake equal to 6.56 ml g),
- polymethyl methaciylate powders sold under the name Covabead® LH85 by the company Wackherr, - polyallyl methacrylate ethylene glycol dimethacrylate powders sold under the names Pol pore® L200 and Polypore® E200 by the company AmcoL
Poiyamide powders that may be mentioned include;
- the nylon powder sold under the name Orgasol© 4000 by (he company Atochem,
- nylon-6 powder, especially the product sold under the name Pomp610 by the company UBE Industries (oil uptake equal to 2,02 ml/g).
A perlite powder that may especially be mentioned is the product sold under the name Optimat 1430 OR by the company Worid Minerals (oil uptake equal to 2.4 ml/g),
A magnesium carbonate powder that may especially be mentioned is the product sold under the name Tipo Carbomagel by the company Buscble & Lepper (oil uptake equal to 2.14 ml/g).
The oil-absorbing filler that is particularly preferred is a silica powder and more particularly a silica powder with an oil uptake at least equal to 3.70 ml/g, and especially the' products sold under the name Sunsphere® H33 by the company Asahi Glass and under the name Dow Coming VM-2270 Aerogel Fine Particles by the company Dow Coming.
The filler(s) that are especially capable of absorbing a liquid fatty phase may be present in a composition according to the invention in a content ranging from 0.5% to 40% by weight, preferably ranging from 1% to 20% by weight and preferentially ranging from 1 % to 15% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
' A composition according to the invention may use at least one filler and at least one supramoiecular polymer in a polymer(s)/oil~absorhing fiHer(s) weight ratio of greater than I, preferably greater than 1.5 and better still greater than 2.
According to another embodiment variant, a composition according to the invention contains at least one silicone filler.
Silicone filier
The silicone filler may be chosen from:
organopolysiloxane powders coated with silicone resin; and - polymethylsilsesquioxane powders,
and a mixture thereof.
The organopolysiloxane powder may especially be coated with silsesquioxane resin, as described, for example, in patent US 5 538 793. Such elastorneric powders are sold under the names KSP-100, KSP-101 , KSP-102, KSP-103, KSP-104 and KSP-105 by the company Shin-Etsu, and have the INCI name: vinyl dimethicone/roetl icone silsesqui oxane crosspolymer.
Polymemylsilsesquioxane powders that may especially be mentioned include silicone resin mierobeads, such as those sold under the name Tospearl. by the company Momentive Performance Materials, and especially under the reference Tospearl 145 A; and mixtures thereof.
In particular, the composition according to the invention may comprise a silicone filler chosen from organopolysiloxane powders coated with silicone resin and polymethylsilsesqmoxane powders.
DvestnrT(s)
Preferably, a composition for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips according to the invention comprises at least one dyestuff. in particular at least one pulverulent dyestuff.
The dyestuff is especially chosen from organic or mineral dyestuffs, especially such as the pigments or nacres conventionally used in cosmetic compositions, liposoluble or water-soluble dyes, materials with a specific optical effect, and mixtures thereof.
Preferably, according to one particular embodiment, the composition comprises at least one pig ent other than a nacre,
The term "pigments" should be understood as meaning white or coloured, mineral or organic particles, which are insoluble in an aqueous solution and which are intended to colour and/or opacify the resulting film.
These pigments may be in the form of powder or of pigmentary paste. They may be coated or uiicoated.
As mineral pigments that may be used in the invention, mention may be made of titanium oxide, zirconium oxide or cerium oxide, and also zinc oxide, iron oxide or chromium oxide, ferric blue, manganese violet, ultramarine blue and chromium hydrate. in particular, the mineral pigments are chosen from iron oxides and titanium oxides, and mixtures thereof.
Among the organic pigments that may be used in the invention, mention may be made of carbon black, pigments of D&C type, lakes based on cochineal carmine or on barium, strontium, calcium or aluminium, or alternatively the diketopyrrolopyrroles (DPP) described in documents EP-A-542 669, EP-A-787 730, EP-A-787 731 and WO-A-96/08537.
The term "lake" means dyes adsorbed onto insoluble particles, the assembly thus obtained remaining insoluble during use.
The pigments may also be in the form of composite pigments as described in patent EP 1 184 426. These composite pigments may be especially composed of particles comprising a mineral core, at least one binder for binding the organic pigments to the core, and at least one organic pigment at least partiall covering the core. According to one embodiment variant, a composition according to th invention contains at least one pigment other than a nacre.
The term "nacres" should be understood as meaning iridescent or non- iridescent coloured particles of any form, especially produced by certain molluscs in their shell, or else synthesized, and which have a colour effect by optical interference.
The nacres may be chosen from nacreous pigments such as titanium mica coated with an iron oxide, titanium mica coated with bismutli oxychloride, titanium mica coated with chromium oxide, titanium mica coated with an organ c dye and also nacreous pigments based on bismuth oxychloride. They may also be mica particles at the surface of which are superposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides and/or of organic dyestuffs.
Examples of nacres that, may also be mentioned include natural mica coated with titanium oxide, with iron oxide, with natural pigment or with bismuth oxychloride.
Among the nacres available on the market, mention may be made of the nacres Timiea, Flamenco and Duoehrome (based on mica) sold by the company Engelhard, the Timiron nacres sold by the company Merck, the Prestige mica-based nacres, sold by the company Eckart, and the Sunshine synthetic mica-based nacres, sold by the company Sun Chemical. The nacres may more particularly have a yellow, pink, red, bronze, orange, brown, gold and/or coppery colour or tint.
As illustrations of nacres thai may be used in the context of the present invention, mention may be made especially of the gold-coloured nacres sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Brilliant gold 212G (Timica), Gold 222C (Cloisonne), Sparkle gold (Timica), Gold 4504 (Chromalite) and Monarch gold 233X (Cloisonne); the bronze nacres sold especially by the company Merck under the name Bronze fine (17384) (Colorona) and Bronze (17353) (Colorona) and by the company Engelhard under the name Super bronze (Cloisonne); the orange nacres sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Orange 363C (Cloisonne) and Orange MC 101 (Cosmica) and by the company Merck under the name Passion orange (Colorona) and Matte orange (17449) (Microna); the brown nacres sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Nu-antique copper 340XB (Cloisonne) and Brown CL450 (Chromalite); the nacres 'with a copper tint sold, especially by the company Engelhard under the name Copper 340A (Timica); the nacres with a red tint sold especially by the company Merck under the name Sienna fine (17386) (Colorona); the nacres with a yellow tint sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Yellow (4502) (Chromalite); the red nacres with a gold tint sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Sunsfone GO 12 (Gemtone); the pink nacres sold especially by the company Engelhard under the natne Tan opale G005 (Gemtone); the black nacres with a gold tint sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Nu antique bronze 240 AB (Timica)-, the blue nacres sold especially by the company Merck under the name Matte blue (17433) (Microna), the white nacres with a silver)'' tint sold especially by the company Merck under the name Xirona Silver, and the golden- green pink-orange nacres sold especially by the company Merck under the name Indian summer (Xirona), and mixtures thereof.
The cosmetic composition according to the invention may also comprise wrater- soluble or liposofubie dyes. The term "dyes" should be understood as meaning compounds that are generall organic, which are soluble in fatty substances such as oils or in an aqueous-alcoholic phase. The liposolubk dyes are, for example. Sudan red, DC Red 17, DC Green 6, β-carotene, soybean oil, Sudan brown. DC Yellow 1 1 , DC Violet 2, DC Orange 5 and quinoline yellow. The water-soluble dyes are, for example, beetroot juice and caramel.
The cosmetic composition according to the invention may also contain at least one material with a specific optical effect,
This effect is different from a simple conventional hue effect, i.e. a unified and stabilized effect as produced by standard dyestuffs, for instance monocliromatic pigments. For the purposes of the invention, the term "stabilized" means lacking an effect of variability of the colour as a function of the angle of observation or alternatively in response to a temperature change,
For example, this material may be chosen from particles with a metallic tint, goniochroniatic colouring agents, diffracting pigments, thermochromi agents, optical brighteners, and also fibres, especially interference fibres. Needless to say, diese variou materials may he combined so as to afford the simultaneous manifestation of two effects, or even of a novel effect in accordance with the invention.
The particles with a metallic tint that may be used in the invention are chosen in particular from:
- particles of at least one metal and/or of at least one metal derivative,
particles comprising a mono-material or multi-material organic or mineral substrate, at least partially coated with at least one coat with a metallic tint comprising at least one metal and/or at least one metal derivative, and
mixtures of the said particles.
Among the metals that may be present in the said particles, mention may be made, for example, of Ag; An, Cu, Al, Ni, Sn, Mg, Cr, Mo, Ti, Zr, Pt, Va, Rb, W, Zn, Ge, Te and Se, and mixtures or alloys thereof. Ag, Au, Cu, Al, Zn, Ni, Mo and Cr and mixtures or alloys thereof (for example bronzes and brasses) are preferred metals.
Illustrations of these particles that may be mentioned include aluminium particles, such as those sold under the names Starbrite 1200 EAC® by the company Siberline and Meta!ure® by the company Eckart.
Mention may also be made of copper metal powders or alloy mixtures such as the reference 2844 sold by the company Radium Bronze, metallic pigments such as aluminium or bronze, such as those sold under the name Rotosafe 700 from the company Eckart, the silica-coated aluminium particles sold under the name Visionaire Bright Silver from the company Eckart and metal alloy particles, for instance the silica-coated bronze (alloy of copper and .zinc) powders sold under the name Visionaire Bright Natural Gold from the company Eckart.
They may also be particles comprising a glass substrate, such as those sold by the company Nippon Sheet Glass, under the name Microglass Metashine.
The goniochrorriatic colouring agent may be chosen, for example, from interference multilayer structures and liquid-crystal colouring agents.
Examples of symmetrical interference multilayer structures that may be used in compositions produced in accordance with the invention are, for example, the following structures: Al/SiCVAl/SiCVAl, pigments having this structure being sold by the company Dupont de Nemours; Cr/MgF2/Al/MgF2/Cr, pigments having this structure being sold under the name Chromaflair by the company Flex;
Fe203/Si02 Al Si02 Fe 03, and Fe203 SiG2/Fe2Q3/Si02/Fe2Ch, pigments having these structures being sold under the name Sicopearl by the company BASF; MoSi/SiOa miea- oxide/Si<VMoS2; FeaOs/SiOj mica-oxide/Sit FeaOa; Ti02/Si02/Ti02 and Τ.Ο2/Μ2Ο3 ΠΟ2; · SnO/Ti02/SiG2/Ti02/SriO; FeaOa/SiC Fea fe;
SnO/mica'TiOi/SiOa/TiO /mica/SnO,' pigments having these structures being sold under the name Xirona by the company Merck (Darmstadt). By way of example, these pigments may be the pigments of silica titanium oxide/tin oxide structure sold under the name Xirona Magic by the company Merck, the pigments of silica/brown iron oxide structure sold under the name Xirona Indian Summer by the company Merck and the pigments of silica titanium oxide/mica tin oxide structure sold under the name Xirona Caribbean Blue by the company Merck. Mention may also be made of the Infinite Colors pigments from the company Shiseido. Depending on the thickness and the nature of the various coats, different effects are obtained. Thus, with the Fe2Q3 Si02 Al/SiQ Fe2G.i structure, the colour changes from green-golden to red-grey for Si02 layers of 320 to 350 nm; from red to golden for Si(¾ layers of 380 to 400 run; from violet to green for SiOi layers of 410 to 420 nm; from copper to red for SiC¾ layers of 430 to 440 nm.
Examples of pigments with a polymeric multilayer structure that may be mentioned include those sold by the company 3M under the name Color Glitter. Examples of liquid-crystal goniochromatic particles that may be used include tliose sold by the company Chenix and also the product sold under the name Hebcone® HC by the company Wacker.
Preferably, the amount of dyestuffs in a composition according to the invention is between 0.01 % and 40% by weight and especially between 0.1 % and 30% by weight, or even between 1% and 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
Aq eoMs phase
A composition according to the invention may also comprise an aqueous phase, which may represent 1 % to 80% by weiglit, especially 2% to 70% by weiglit or even 3% to 60% by weight relative to the total weiglit of the composition. This aqueous phase may be formed essentially from water, or may comprise a mixture of water and of water-miscible solvent (miscibility in water of greater than 50% by weight at 25°C) chose especially from monoaieobois containing 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as eihano!, isopropanol, glycols containing 2 to 8 carbon atoms such as propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, 1 ,3-but lene glycol, dipropylene glycol, C3-C4 ketones and C2-C4 aldehydes, and mixtures thereof.
However, as stated above, advantageously, the compositions according to the invention are anhydrous. Surfaetaat(s)
A composition according to the invention may also comprise at least one surfactant, which may be present in a proportion of from 0.1% to 10% by weiglit, especially 0.5%) to 8% by weight, or even 1% to 6% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. The surfactant may be chosen from amphoteric, anionic, cationic and nonionic, preferably nonionic, surfactants. Mention may especially be made, alone or as a mixture,, of:
a) nonionic surfactants with an HLB of less than 8 at 25°C, optionally combined with one or more nonionic surfactants with an HLB of greater than 8 at 25 °C, as mentioned below, for instance:
- saccharide esters and ethers such as sucrose stearates, sucrose cocoate and sorbitan stearate, and mixtures thereof; tatty acid esters, especially of -C2 and preferably of C16-C22, and of polyol, especially of glycerol or sorbitol, such as glyceryl stearate, glyceryl laurate, polyglyceryl-2 stearate, sorbitan tristearate and glyceryl riciiioleate;
■- lecithins, such as soybean lecithins;
- oxyethylenated and/or oxypropylenated ethers (which may comprise 1 to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropylene groups) of fatty alcohols (especially of ( C and preferably C^-Cig alcohols) such as stearyl alcohol oxyethylene ether containing two oxyethylene units (CTFA name: Steareth-2);
- silicone surfactants, for instance dimethicone copolyol s and alkyldiinethicone copolyol s, for example the mixture of cyclomethicone/dimethicorie copolyol sold under the name Q2-3225C® by the company Dow Corning;
h) nonionic surfactants with an HLB of greater than or equal to 8 at 25°C, for instance:
» saccharide esters and ethers such as the mixture of cetylsteary'3 glucoside and of cetyl and stearyl alcohols, for instance Montanov 68 from SEPPIC;
- oxyethylenated and/or oxypropylenated glycerol ethers, which may comprise 1 to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropylene units;
- oxyethylenated and/or oxypropylenated ethers (which may comprise from I to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropylene units) of fatty alcohols, especially of Q-C24 an£* preferably of Cu-Cie, such as stearyl alcohol oxyethylene ether containing 20 oxyethylene units (CTFA name: Steareth-20), eetearyl alcohol oxyethylene ether containing 30 oxyethylene units (Cetearelh-30) and the oxyethylene ether of the mixture of C12-C15 fatty alcohols comprising 7 oxyethylene units (Cf 2-is Pareth-7);
- esters of a fatty acid, especially of C8-C24 and preferably of C16-C22, and of polyethylene glycol (or PEG) (which may comprise 1 to ί 50 oxyethylene units), such as
PEG-50 stearate and PEG-40 monostearate;
- esters of a fatty acid, especially of C8-C24 and preferably of Ci6-C22, and of oxyethylenated and/or oxypropylenated glycerol eiliers (which may comprise from 1 to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropylene units), for instance glyceryl monostearate polyoxyethylenated with 200 oxyethylene units; glyceryl stearate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units, glyceryl oleate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units, glyceryl cocoate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units, glyceryl isostearate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units and glyceryl laurate polyoxyethylenated with 30 oxyethylene units;
- esters of a fatty acid, especially of Q-C24 preferably of C16-C22, and of oxyethylenated and/or oxypropyienated sorbitol ethers (which may comprise from 1 to 150 oxyethylene and/or oxypropvlene units), for instance polysorbate 20 and polysorbate 60;
- dimethicone copolyol, especiall the product sold under the name Q2-5220® from Dow Coming;
- dimethicone copolyol benzoate, such as the products sold under the names Firssolv SLB .101® and 201® from Finetex;
- copolymers of propylene oxide and of ethylene oxide, also known as EO/PO polycondensates, which are copolymers formed from polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol blocks, for instance polyethylene giyeol polypropylene glycol/polyethylene glycol triblock polycondensates.
c) anionic surfactants such as:
- salts of Cj6-C-3o. atty acids, especially amine sails, such as triethanolamine stearate or 2-ainino-2-methylpropane-l,3-diol stearate;
- polyoxyethylenated fatty acid salts, especially animated salts or salts of alkali metals, and mixtures thereof;
- phosphoric esters and salts thereof, such as DEA oleth-10 phosphate (Crodafos N 10N from the company Croda) or mono potassium monocetyl phosphate;
- sulfosucdnates such as Disodium PEG-5 citrate lauryl sulfosuccinate and Disodium ricinoleamido MEA sulfosticcinate;
- alkyl ether sulfates such as sodium lauryl ether sulfate;
- isethionates;
- acylglutamates such as Disodium hydrogenated tallow glutamate (Ainisoft
HS-21 R® from Ajinomoto) and sodium stearoyl glutamate (Ainisoft HS-1 1 PF© from Ajinomoto);
- soybean derivatives, for instance potassium soj'ate;
- citrates, for instance glyceryl stearate citrate;
- proline derivatives, for instance sodium palmitoyl proline or the mixture of sodium palmitoyl sarcosinate, magnesium palmitoyl glutamate, palmitic acid and palmitoyl proline (Sepifeel One from SEPPIC); • lactylates, for instance 'sodium stearoyl lactylate;
- sarcosinates, for instance sodium palmitoyl sarcosinate or the 75/25 mixture of stearoyl sarcosine and myristoyl sarcosine;
- sulfonates, for instance sodium€1 -17 aikyl-sec-sulfonate;
- glycinates, for instance sodium cocoyl giycinate,
d) cationic surfactants such as;
- alkyUmidazolidiniums such as isostearylethylimidonium ethosulfate,
- ammonium salts such as (Ci2-3o alkyi)tri(Ci- alkyl)ammonium halides, for instance N,N, ~trimeth l-l-docosanaminium chloride (or behentrimonium chloride);
e) amphoteric surfactants, for instance N-acyl amino acids, such as alkylaminoacetates and disodium cocoaaaphodiacetate, and amine oxides such stearamine oxide.
A makeup and/or care composition according to the invention may also comprise at least one agent usually used in cosmetics, chosen, for example, from reducing agents, thickeners, film-forming agents that are especially hydrophobic, silicone elastomers, softeners, antifoams, moisturizers, UV-s areeaing agents, ceramides; cosmetic active agents; peptizers, fragrances, proteins, vitamins, propellants, hydrophilic or lipophilic, film-forming or non-fllm-forming polymers; lipophilic or hydrophilic gelling agents. The above additives are generally present in an amount for each of them of between 0.01% and 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. Needless to say, a person skilled in the art will take■ care to select the constituents of the composition such that the advantageous properties associated with the inventioxi are not, or are not substantially, adversely affected.
.Thicke ers
Thus, a composition according to the invention may also comprise a thickener. The thickener may be chosen from:
- organomodified clays, which are clays treated with compounds chosen especially from quaternary amines and tertiary amines. Organomodified days that ma be mentioned include organomodified bentoniies, such, as the product sold under the name Bentone 34 by the company Rheox, and organomadified hectorites such as the products sold under the names Bentone 27 and Bentone 38 by the company Rheox,
- hydrophobic fumed silica. Such silicas are sold, for example, under the references Aerosil R812® by the company Degussa and Cab-O-Sil TS-530© by the company Cabot, and under the references Aerosil R972® and. Aerosil R974® by the company Degussa and Cab-O-Sii TS-610® and Cab-O-Sil TS-720® by the company Cabot.
The thickener may be present in a content ranging from 0,1% to 5% by weight and better still from 0.4% to 3% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
Hydrophobic fihn-forming polymer
According to one embodiment variant, a composition according to the invention may contain at least one film-forming polymer, which is in particular hydrophobic.
A cosmetic makeup composition according to the invention may comprise from 0,1% to 30%, preferably from 0.2% to 20% by weight and even more preferentially from 0.5% to 15% by weight of hydrophobic film- forming a polyraerfs).
This hydrophobic film-fomiing organic polymer may be a polymer chosen from the group comprising: polyamide. silicone block polymers, block ethyl enic polymers, vinyl polymers comprising at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer derivative, copolymers comprising carboxylate groups and polydimethylsiloxane groups, silicone resins (T resin, MQ resin) and lipodispersible polymers m the form of a non-aqueous dispersion of polymer particles, and mixtures thereof a) Silicone resins
According to one embodiment variant, a composition according to the invention may comprise, as hydrophobic fihn-forming polymer, at least one silicone resin.
As silicone resins .that may be used in the compositions according to the invention, use may be made, for example, of silicone resins of MQ type, of T type or of MQT type.
MQ resins: As examples of silicone resins of MQ type, mention may e made of the alky! siloxysilicates of formula (MQ units) in which x and y are integers ranging from 50 to 80, and such mat the group Rl represents a radical as defined previously, and is preferably an alkyl group containing from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group.
- As examples of solid silicone resins of MQ type of trimethyl siioxysilicate type, mention may be made of those sold under the reference SRiOOO by the company General Electric, under the reference TMS 803 by the company Wacker, or under the name KF-7312J by the company Shin-Etsu or DC749 or DC593 by the company Dow Corning.
- As silicone resins comprising MQ siioxysilicate units, mention may also be made of phenylalkylsiloxvsilicate resins, such as phenylpropyldimethylsiloxysilicate (Silshine 151 sold by the company General Electric). The preparation of such resins is described especially in patent US 5 817 302, T resins:
Examples of these silicone resins of type T that may be mentioned include the polysilsesquioxanes of formula (RSiC^x (units T) in which x is greater than 100 and such that the group R is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, the said polysilsesquioxanes also possibly comprising Si-OH end groups.
Polymethylsilsesquioxaiie resins that may preferably be used are those in which R represents a methyl group, for instance those sold:
- by the company Wacker under die reference Resin MK, such as Belsil PMS MK: polymer comprising CH3S1O3/2 repeating units (units T), wiiich may also comprise up to 1% by weight units (units D) and having an average molecular weight of abou 10 000 g mol, or
by the company Shin-Etsu under the reference KR-220L, which are composed of units T of formula CH3S1O3 2 and have Si-OH (silanol) end groups, under the reference R-242A, wiiich comprise 98% of units T and 2% of dimethyl units D and have Si-OH end groups, or alternatively under the reference KR-251 comprising 88% of units T and 12% of dimethyl units D and have Si-OH end groups. Resins comprising MQT units that are especially known are those mentioned in document US 5 110 890.
A preferred form of resins of MQT type are MQT-propyl (also known as MQTPR) resins. Such resins that may be used in the compositions according to the invention are especially the resins described arid prepared in patent application WO 2005/075 542, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Preferably, the silicone resin is chosen from the group comprising: a) a resin of MQ type, chosen especially from (i) alkyl siloxysilicates, which may be trimethyl siloxysilicates, of formula in which x and y are integers ranging from 50 to 80, and such that the group Rl represents a hydrocarbon-based radical containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a phenylalkyl group or a hydroxyl group, and preferably is an alky] group containing from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group, and (ii) phenylalkyl siloxysilicate resins, such as phenylpropyldimethyl siloxysilicate, and/or
b) a resin of T type, chosen especially from the polysilsesquioxanes of formula
(RSi03/2)x, in which x is greater than 100 and the group R is an alkyl group containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example a methyl group, the said polysilsesquioxanes also possibly comprising Si-OH end groups, and/or
c) a resin of MQT type, especially of MQT-propyl type, which may comprise units (i) (Rl3SiO,/2)a, (ii) (R22Si02 2)b, (SQ (R3Si03/2)c and (iv) Si04/2)d ,
with Rl , R2 and R3 independently representing a hydrocarbon-based radical, especially alkyl, containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a phenylalkyl group or a hydroxyl group and preferably an alkyl radical containing from 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a phenyl group,
b being between 0 and 0.3.
c being greater than 0,
d being between 0.05 and 0.6,
a + b + c + d = 1 , a, b, c arid d being mole fractions,
on condition that more than 40 mol% of the groups R3 of the siloxane resin are propyl groups. h) Lipodispersible film-forming polymers m the form of nog-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles, also known as NADs
According to another embodiment variant, a composition according to the invention may comprise, as hydrophobic film-forming polymer, at least one polymer chosen from lipodispersible film-forming polymers in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles, also known as NADs.
Non-aqueous dispersions of hydrophobic film-forming polymer that may be used include dispersions of particles of a grafted ethyl enic polymer, preferably an acrylic polymer, in a liquid oily phase:
- either in the form of ethyl en ic pol ymer particles di spersed in the absence of additional stabilizer at the surface of the particles, as described especially in document WO 04/055 081,
or in the form of surface-stabilized particles dispersed in the liquid fatty phase. The dispersion of surface- stabilized polymer particles may be manufactured as described in document EP-A-749 747. The polymer particles may in particular be surface- stabilized by means of a stabilizer that may be a block polymer, a grafted polymer and/or a random polymer, alone or as a mixture. Dispersions of film- forming polymer in the liquid fatty phase, in the presence of stabilizers, are especially described in documents EP-A-748 746, EP-A-923 928 and EP-A-930 060, the content of which is incorporated by reference into the present patent application.
Advantageously, dispersions of ethylenic polymer particles dispersed in the absence of additional stabilizer at the surface of the said particles are used,
Examples of polymers of N AD type that may be mentioned more particularly include acrylic dispersions in isododecane, for instance Mexomer PAP© (acrylic copolymer as a dispersion in isododecane (25%) with pyrene/isoprene copolymer) sold by the company Chimex.
e) Block ethyleme copolymer
According to one embodiment of the invention, the film-forming polymer is a block ethylenic copolymer, containing at least a first block with a glass transition temperature (Tg) of greater than or equal to 40°C and being totally or partly derived from one or more first monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of greater than or equal to 40°C, and at least a second block with a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C and being derived totally or 'partly from one or more second monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from tliese monomers has a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C, the said first block and the said, second block being connected together via a statistical intermediate segment comprising at least one of the said first constituent monomers of the first block and at least one of the said second constituent monomers of the second block, and the said block copolymer having a polydispersity index I of greater than 2.
The block polymer used according to. the invention thus comprises at least one first block and at least one second block, and is prepared exclusively from monofunctional monomers. This means that the block ethylenic polymer used according to the present invention does not contain any multifunctional monomers, which make it possible to break the linearity of a polymer so as to obtain a branched or even crosslinked polymer, as a function of the content of multifunctional monomer, The polymer used according to the invention does not, either, contain any macromonomers (the term "macromonomer" means a monofunctional monomer containing pendent groups of polymeric nature, and preferably having a molecular mass of greater than 500 g rnol, or alternatively a polymer comprising on only one of its ends a polymerizable (or ethyleoically unsaturated) end group), which are used in the preparation of a grafted polymer.
The term "block" polymer means a polymer comprising at least two different blocks and preferably at least three different blocks,
The term "emylenic" polymer means a polymer obtained by polymerization of ethylenically unsaturated monomers.
It is pointed out that, in the text hereinabove and hereinbelow. the terms "first" and "second" blocks do not in any way condition the order of the said blocks in the structure of the polymer.
Hie first block and the second block of the polymer used in the invention may be advantageously mutually incompatible.
The term "mutually incompatible blocks" means that the mixture formed from a polymer corresponding to the first block and from a polymer corresponding to the second block is not m scihle the polymerization solvent that is in major amount by weight for the block polymer, at room temperature (25°C) and atmospheric pressure (10s Pa), for a content of the mixture of the said polymers of greater than or equal to 5% by weight, relative to th total weight of the mixture of the said polymers and of the said polymerization solvent, it being understood that:
i) the said polymers are present in the mixture its a content such that the respective weight ratio ranges from 10/90 to 90/10, and that
ii) each of the polymers corresponding to the first and second blocks has an average (weight-average or number-average) molecular mass equal to that of the block polymer ± 15%.
In the case of a mixture of polymerization solvents, and in the event that two or more solvents are present in identical mass proportions, the said polymer mixture is immiscible in at least one of them. Needless to say, in the case of a polymerization performed in a single solvent, this solvent is the solvent that is in major amount.
The block polymer according to the invention comprises at least a first block and at least a second block that are connected together via an intermediate segment comprising at least one constituent monomer of the first block and at least one constituent monomer of the second block. The intermediate segment (also known as the intermediate block) has a glass transition temperature Tg that is between the glass transition temperatures of the first and second blocks.
The Intermediate segment is a block comprising at least one constituent monomer of the first block and at least one constituent monomer of the second block of the polymer allowing these blocks to be "compatibilized".
Advantageously, the intermediate segment comprising at least one constituent monomer of the first block and at least one constituent monomer of the second block of the block polymer is a statistical polymer.
Preferably, the intermediate block is derived essentially from constituent monomers of the first block and of the second block.
The term "essentially" means at least 85%, preferably .at least 90%, better still 95% and even better still 100%.
The block polymer according to the invention is advantageously a film-forming block ethyl enic polymer. The term "ethyl enic" polymer means a polymer obtained by polymerization of ethylenically unsaturated monomers. The term "film-forming polymer" means a polymer that is capable of forming, by itself or in the presence of an auxiliary film-forming agent, a continuous deposit on a support, especially on keratin materials.
Preferentially, the polymer according to the invention does not comprise any silicon atoms in its backbone. The term "backbone" means the main chain of the polymer, as opposed to the pendent side chains.
Preferably, the polymer according to the invention is not water-soluble, i.e. the polymer is not soluble in water or in a mixture of water and linear or branched lower monoaicohols containing from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, for instance ethanol, isopropanol or n- propanoL without modifying the H, at the solids content of at least 1% by weight, at room temperature (25°C).
Preferably, the polymer according to the invention is not an elastomer.
The polydispersity index of the polymer of the invention is greater than 2, for example ranging from 2 to 9. Preferably, it is greater than or equal to 2.5, for example ranging from 2.5 to 8, and better still greater than or equal to 2.8 and especially ranging from 2.8 to 6.
The polydispersity index I of the polymer is equal to the ratio of the weight- average molecular mass Mw to the number-average molecular mass Mn.
The weight- average molar mass (Mw) and number-average molar mass (Mn) are determined by gel permeation liquid chromatography (THF solvent, calibration curve established with linear polystyrene standards, refractornetric detector).
The weight-average mass (Mw) of the polymer according to the invention is preferably less than or equal to 300 000; it ranges, for example, from 35 000 to 200 000 and better still from 45 000 to 150 000 g/mol.
The number-average mass (Mn) of the polymer according to the invention is preferably less than or equal to 70 000; it ranges, for example, from 10 000 to 60 000 and better still from 12 000 to 50 000 g mol.
First block with a Tg of greater than or equal to 40°C,
The block with a Tg of greater than or equal to 40°C has. for example, a Tg ranging from 40 to 150°C, preferably greater than or equal to 50°C, for example ranging from 50°C to 120°C and better still greater than or equal to 60°C, for example ranging from 60°C to 120°C.
The glass transition temperatures indicated for the first and second blocks may be theoretical Tg values determined from the theoretical Tg values of the constituent monomers of each of the blocks, which may be found in a reference manual such as the Polymer Handbook, 3rd Edition, 1989, John Wiley.
The block with a Tg of greater than or equal to 40°C may be a homopolymer or a copolymer.
The block with a Tg of greater than or equal to 40°C may be derived totally or partially from one or more monomers which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of greater than or equal to 40°C. This block may also be referred to as a "rigid block".
When this block is a homopolymer, it is derived from only one type of monomer for which the Tg of the corresponding homopolymer is greater than or equal to 40°C.
in the case where the first block is a copolymer, it may be totally or partially derived from one or more monomers, the nature and concentration of which are chosen such that the Tg of the resulting copolymer is greater than or equal to 40°C. The copolymer may comprise, for example:
- monomers which are such that the homopolymers -prepared from these monomers have Tg values of greater than or equal to 40°C, for example a Tg ranging from 40 to 150°C, preferably greater than or equal to 50°C, for example ranging from 50°C to 120°C and better still greater than or equal to 60°C; for example ranging from 6Q°C to 120°C, nd
- monomers which are such that the homopolymers prepared from these monomers have Tg values of less than 40C'C, chosen from monomers with a Tg of between 20 and 40°C and/or monomers with a Tg of less than or equal to 20°C, for example a Tg ranging from -100 to 20°C, preferably less than 15°C, especially ranging from -80°C to 15°C and better still less than 10°C, for example ranging from -50°C to 0°C, as described later. The monomers and the proportions thereof are preferably chosen such that the glass transition temperature of the first block is greater than or equal to 40°C. The first monomers whose homopo!yrners have a glass transition temperature of greater than or equal to 40°C are chosen, preferably, from the following monomers, also known as the main monomers:
- the methacrylates of formula C¾ :::: C(CH3)-COOR)
in "which Ri represents a linear or branched unsubstituted alkyl group containing from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methyl, ethyl, propyl or isobutyl group or R; represents a C4 to Cs2 cycloalkyl group, preferably a C8 to C12 cycloalkyl, such as isobornyl methacrylate,
- the acrylates of formula- CH2 iS CH-COOR?
in which R2 represents a C4 to C12 cycloalkyl group such as an isobornyl group or a tert-butyl group,
- the (meth)acrylaniides of formula:
in which R7 and Rg, which may be identical or different, each represent a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched C; to C12 alkyl group such as an n-butyl, t-butyl, isopropyl, isohexyl, isooctyl or isononyl group; or R7 represents H and Rg represents a 1 ,1 - dimethyl -3 -oxobutyl group, and
- R' denotes H or methyl. Examples of monomers that may be mentioned include N-butylacrylaniide, N-tert-butyla lamide, N-isopropylacrylaniide, N,N~ dimethylacryi .amide and Ν,Ν-dibutylacrylamide,
- and mixtures thereof.
According to one embodiment the first block is obtained from: i) at least one aery! ate monomer of formula C]¾=CH -COO R? in which R2 represents a C4 to C12 cycloalkyl group,, preferably a Cg to C12 cycloalkyl, such as isobornyl,
ii) and at least one methacrylate monomer of formula Cl¾ = C(CI¾)-COC>R';> in which R'2 represents a C4 to C12 cycloalkyl group, preferably a C¾ to Ci? cycloalkyl, such as isobornyl. Preferably, R2 and R'2 represents, independently or simultaneously, an isobornyi group.
The "first block may be obtained exclusively from the said acrylate monomer and from the said methacrylate monomer. Preferably, these monomers are in mass proportions of between 30/70 and 70/30, preferably between 40/60 and 60/40, especially about 50/50,
The proportion of the first block advantageously ranges f om 20% to 90%, better still from 30% to 80% and even better still from 60% to 80% by weight of the polymer.
According to one embodiment, the first block is obtained by polymerization of isobornyi methacrylate and isobornyi acrylate.
Second block with a glass transition temperature of less than 20°C
The second block advantageously has a glass transition temperature Tg of less than or equal to 20°C, for example, a Tg ranging from -100 to 20°C. preferably less than or equal to 15CC, especially ranging from -80°C to 15°C and better still less than or equal to 10°C, for example ranging from. -100°C to 10°C, especially ranging from -30°C to 10°C.
The second block is totally or partially derived from one or more second monomers, which are such that the homopolymer prepared from these monomers has a glass transition temperature of less than or equal to 20°C.
The monomer with a Tg of less than or equal to 20°C (known as the second monomer) is preferably chosen from the following monomers:
« the acr lates of formula CH2 - CHCOOR3
R3 representing a linear or branched C\ to C12 unsubstituted alkyl group, with the exception of the tert-butyl group, in which one or more heteroaioms chosen from O, N and S are optionally intercalated,
- the methacrylates of formula C¾ ^ C(CH3)-COO 4
R4 representing linear or branched Q to C12 unsubstituted alkyl group, in which one or more heteroaioms chosen from O, N and S are optionally intercalated;
- the vinyl esters of formula R5-CO-O-CH = CH2
in which R5 represents a linear or branched C4 to C12 alkyl group;
- ethers of vinyl alcohol and of a C4 to C12 alcohol, - N-(C to Ci2)alkyl acrylamides, such as N-octylacrylaniide,
- and mixtures thereof.
The preferred monomers with a Tg of less than or equal to 20°C are isobutyl acrylate, 2-efhy!hexyl acrylate or mixtures thereof in all proportions.
Each, of the first and second blocks may contain in small proportion at least one constitu ent monomer of th e other block.
Each of the first and/or second blocks may comprise, in addition to the monomers indicated above, one or more other monomers known as additional monomers, which are different from the main monomers mentioned above.
The nature and amount of this or these additional monomer(s) are chosen such that the block in which they are present has the desired glass transition temperature.
This additional monomer is chosen, for example, from (meih)acrylic acid, preferably acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof.
The additional monomer may represent 0.5% to 30% by weight relative to the weight of the polymer. According to one embodiment, the polymer of the invention does not contain any additional monomer.
According to one embodiment, the first block does not comprise any additional monomer.
According to a preferred embodiment, the second block comprises acrylic acid as additional monomer.
Preferably, the polymer of the invention comprises at least isobomyl acrylate and isobomyl methacrylate monomers in the first block and isobiityl acrylate and acrylic acid monomers in the second block.
Preferably, the polymer comprises at least isobomyl acrylate and isobomyl methacrylate monomers in equivalent weight proportion in the first block and isobutyl acrylate and acrylic acid monomers in the second block. Advantageously, the first block represents 70% by weight of the polymer.
preferably, the acrylic acid represents 5% by weight of the polymer. The block copolymer may advantageously comprise more than 2% by weight of acrylic acid monomers, and especially from 2% to 15% by weight, for example from 3% to 15% by weight, in particular from 4% to 15% by weight or even from 4% to 10% by weight of acrylic acid monomers, relative to the total weight of the said copolymer. Preferably, the block copolymer comprises from 50% to 80% by weight of isobomyl methacrylate/acrylate. from 10% to 30% by weight of isobutyl acryiate and from 2% to 10% by weight of acrylic acid.
The intermediate segment (also known as the intermediate block) connects the first block and the second block of the polymer used according to the present invention. The intermediate segment results from the polymerization:
i) of the first monomer(s), and optionally of the additional monomer(s), which remain available after their polymerization to a maximum degree of conversion of 90% to form the first block,
ii) and of the second monoiner(s), and optionally of the additional monomer(s), added to the reaction mixture.
The formation of the second block is initiated when the first monomers no longer react or are no longer incorporated into the polymer chain either because they are all cons gned or because their reactivity no longer allows them to be.
Thus, the intermediate segment comprises the first available monomers, resulting from a degree of conversion of these first monomers of less than or equal to 90%, during the introduction of the second monomer(s) during the synthesis of the polymer.
The intermediate segment of the block polymer is a statistical polymer (which may also be referred to as a statistical block). This means that it comprises a statistical distribution of the first monomer(s) and of the second monomer(s) and also of the additional monomer(s) that may be present.
Thus, the intermediate segment is a statistical block, as are the first block and the second block if they are not homopolymers (i.e. if the are both formed from at least two different monomers).
Process for preparmg^e copolymer
The block ethylenic copolymer according to the invention is prepared by free radical polymerizatioo, according to the techniques that are well known for this type of polymerization. In particular, it may be prepared according to the process described in patent application F 0 953 625, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Preferably, the block ethylenic copolymer is present in the composition in an active material content ranging from 0.1% to 60%, better still from 0.5% to 50%, better still from 1 % to 30% and even better still from 1% to 40% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
Distillation of the synthesis solvent
it is possible to perform a step of total or partial removal of the said volatile oil or solvent (conventionally isododecane). This is then performed in particular by distillation, optionally under vacuum, and optional addition of non-volatile hydrocarbon- based . ester oil comprising at least 16 carbon atoms and having a molar mass of less than 650 g/mol, such as octyldodecyl neopentanoate (especially 2-octyldodecyi neopentanoate).
This step is performed at elevated temperature and optionally under vacuum to distil off a maximum amount of volatile synthesis solvent, and is known to those skilled, in the art. d) Polyamide silicone block polymer
According to another embodiment variant, a composition according to the invention comprises, as hydrophobic film-fonTiing polymer, at least one polyamide silicone block polymer, also known as a silicone polyamide.
The silicone polyamides are preferably solid at room temperature (25°C) and atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg),
For the purposes of the invention, the term "polymer" means a compound containing at least two repeating units, preferably at least three repeating units and better still ten repeating units.
The silicone polyamides of the composition of the invention may be polymers of the polyorganosiloxane type, for instance those described in documents US-A- 5 874 069, US-A-5 919 4 1, US-A-6 051 216 and US-A-5 981 680. According to the invention, the silicone polymers may belong to the following two families:
(1) polyorganosiloxanes comprising at least two amide groups, these two groups being located in the polymer chain, and/or
(2) polyorganosiloxanes comprising at least two amide groups, these two groups being located on grafts or branches. According to one variant of the invention, a polymer may also be used comprising at least one unit of formula (III) or (IV):
(ffl)
(IV)
in which
* 6
- R , R , R and R .', which may be identical or different, represent a group chosen from:
linear, branched or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, C\ to C40 hydrocarbon-based groups,, possibly containing in their chain one or more oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms, and possibly being partially or totally substituted with fluorine atoms,
Q-Cio aryl groups, optionally substituted with one or more C1-C4 alkyl groups,
polyorganosiloxane chains possibly containing one or more oxygen, sulfur and/or ni trogen atoms ,
1) the groups X, which may be identical or different, represent a linear or branched CI-C30 alky!enediyl group, possibly containing in its chain one or more oxygen and'Or nitrogen atoms;
2) Y is a saturated or unsaturated C3 to C50 linear or branched alkylene, arylene, eyeloaikylene, alkyiarylene or arylalkylene divalent group, which may comprise one or more oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms, and'Or may bear as substituent one of the following atoms or groups of atoms: fluorine, hydroxy!, C3 to Cg cyeloalkyl, Q to C40 alkyl, C5 to C¾o aryl, phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Ci to C3 alkyl, C\ to C3 hydroxyalkyl and Ci to aminoalkyl. groups, or
3) Y represents a group corresponding to the formula:
in which:
T represents a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, C3-C24 irivalent or tetravalent hydrocarbon- ased group optionally substituted with a polyorganosiloxane chain, and possibly containing one or more atoms chosen from O, and S, or T represents a trivalent atom chosen from N, P and Al, and
Rs represents a linear or branched C1-C50 alkyl group or a polyorganosiloxane chain, possibly comprising one or more ester, amide, urethane, thiocarbamate, urea, thiourea and/or sulfonamide groups, which may possibly be linked to another ch ain of the polymer; and
4) n is an integer ranging from 2 to 500 and preferably from 2 to 200, and m is an integer ranging from ! to 1000, preferably from 1 to 700 and better still from 6 to 200.
According to the invention, 80% of the groups R4. R5, R6 and R.? of the polymer are preferably chosen from methyl, ethyl, phenyl and 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl groups.
According to the invention, Y can represent various divalent groups, furthermore optionally comprising one or two free valencies to establish bonds with other moieties of the polymer or copolymer. Preferably, Y represents a group chosen from:
a) linear Ci to C20 and preferably Ci to Cut aikylene groups,
b) branched C30 to C56 aikylene groups possibly comprising rings and unconjugated unsaturations,
c) Cs-C-6 cycloalkylene groups.
d) phenyl ene groups optionall substituted with one or more C j to C40 alkyl groups,
e) Cj to C20 aikylene groups comprising from 1 to 5 amide groups. f) C\ to C20 alkylene groups comprising one or more substituents chosen from hydroxy!, C3 to Cg cycioaikane, C{ to C3 hydroxyaikyi and C\ to C , alkylamine groups,
g) poiyorganosiloxane chains of formula:
in which R4, R3, R6, R', T and m are as defined above, and
h) polyorganosiloxane chains of formula:
In these polyamides of formula ( 01 ) or (IV), m ranges from ! to 700, in particular from 15 to 500 and especially from 50 to 200, and n ranges in particular from 1 to 500, preferably from 1 to 100 and better still from 4 to 25,
X is preferably a linear or branched alkylene chain containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, in particular 1 to 20 carbon atoms, especially from 5 to 15 carbon atoms and more particularly 10 carbon atoms, and
Y is preferably an alkylene chain that is linear or branched, or which may comprise rings and/or unsaturations, containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, in particular 1 to 20 carbon atoms and better still from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, in particular 6 carbon atoms.
In formulae (HI) and (IV), the alkylene group representing X or Y can optionally contain in its alkylene part at least one of the following components:
1 ) one to five aniide, urea, urethane or carbamate groups. 2) a C5 or Cf> eycloalkyl group, and
3) a plienylene group optionally substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different C1-C3 alkyl groups.
in formulae (HI) and (IV), the alkylene groups may also be substituted with at least one component chosen from the group consisting of:
a hydroxy! group,
a Cj to Cs cycloalkyl group,
one to three€1 to Qo alkyl groups,
a phenyl group optionally substituted with one to three C; to C3 alkyl groups,
a C; to C.3 hydroxy alkyl group, and
a Ci to Q aniinoalkyl group.
In these formulae (HI) and (TV), Y may also represent; in which Rg represents a polyorganosiloxane chain and T represe ts a group of formula:
(C¾)3— __C—.(α¾)ί, . or •CH-)., K
(C¾)c
in which a, b and c are, independently, integers ranging from I to 10, and R33 is a hydrogen atom or a group such as those defined for R' , R . , R~ and R ' ,
hi formulae (III) and (IV), R4, R5, R6 and R7 preferably represent, independently, a linear or branched C\ to C 0 alkyl group, preferably a CHs, C2H5, 11-C3H7 or isopropyl group, a polyorganosiloxane chain or a phenyi group optionally substituted with one to three methyl or ethyl groups. As has been seen previously, the polymer may comprise identical or different units of formula (III) or (IV).
Advantageously, the composition according to the invention comprises at least one polydimethylsiloxane block polymer of general formulae (ill) arid (IV) with an index m of about 15,
More preferably, the composition according to the invention comprises at least one polymer comprising at least one unit of formula. (Ill) in which m ranges from 5 to 100, in particular from 10 to 75 and even more paiticuiarly is about 15; even more preferably, 4, R5, R6 and R7 independently represent a linear or branched Q to C40 alkyl group, preferably a group C3¾,€½¾ n-CiH? or isopropyl in formula (III),
As examples of silicone polymers that may be used, mention may be made of one of the silicone polyamides obtained in accordance with Examples 1 to 3 of document US-A-5 981 680.
According to one particularly preferred embodiment, the composition according to the invention comprises at least one polydimethylsiloxane block polymer of general formulae (IE) and (IV) with an index m of about 100.
More preferably, the composition according to the invention comprises at least one polymer comprising at least one unit of formula (III) in which m ranges from 50 to 200, in particular from 75 to 150 and even more particularly is about 100; even more preferably, R4, R.s, R6 and R7 independently represent a linear or branched Cj to C4.3 alkyl group, preferably a group CH3, C2H5, -¾Η7 or isopropyl in formula (Hi).
As examples of silicone polymers that may preferably be used according to this embodiment, mention may be made of the silicone polyamides sold by the company Dow Corning under the name DC 2-8179 (DP 100).
According to one preferred embodiment, the silicone polyamide comprises units of formula ΠΧ preferably in which the groups R4, R5, R6 and R7 represent methyl groups, one from among X and Y represents an alkyl ene group of 6 carbon atoms and the other represents an alkylene group of I t carbon atoms, n representing the degree of polymerization, DP, of the polymer.
By way of example of such silicone polyamides, mention may be made of the compounds sold by the company Dow Corning under the names DC 2-8179 (DP 100) and DC 2-8178 (DP 15), the INCI name of which is ylon-611/dimethicone copolymer. e) Vinyl polymer comprising at least one carbosiloxanc dendrimer-based unit
According to one particular embodiment, a composition used according to the invention may comprise, as hydrophobic film-forming polymer, at least one vinyl polymer comprising at least one carbosiioxane dendrimer-based unit.
The vinyl polymer may especially have a backbone and at least one side chain, which comprises a carbosiioxane dendrimer structure.
The term "carbosiioxane dendrimer structure" in the context of the present invention represents a structure with branched groups of high molecular masses, the said .structure having high regularity in the radial direction starting from the bond to the backbone. Such carbosiioxane dendrimer structures are described in the form of a highly branched siloxane-silylalkylene copolymer in the laid-open Japanese patent application Kokai 9-171 154.
According to one preferred mode, the vinyl polymer grafted with a carbosiioxane dendrimer used comprises at least one butyl acrylate monomer.
According . to one embodiment, the vinyl polymer also comprises at least one fluoro organic group.
The vinyl polymers represented by the formulae presented below are preferable:
C¾ HCOO-C¾C¾ (CF2)fiF CH:2-CHCOG-CH2a¾ (CF2)8F. C¾-€C¾eOO~a¾C¾ <C¾)« F. CH2-CCH3CiX)-CH3C¾(CF2 F.
C¾r=CHCOO-C¾CF3. C¾-CCH3COO-C¾CF3
The vinyl polymers represented by the formulae presented below are particularly preferable:
CH2 HCOO-CH2CF3, CH2-CCH3COO-C¾CF3.
According to one preferred embodiment, vinyl polymers grafted within the meaning of the present invention are conveyed in an oil, which is preferably volatile, chosen from silicone oils and/or hydrocarbon-based oils.
According to one particular embodiment, the silicone oil may be cy clopentasi 1 oxane. According to another particular embodiment, a hydrocarbon-based oil may be isododecane.
Vinyl polymers grafted with at least one carbosiloxane dendrinier-hased unit that may be particularly suitable for use in the prese t invention are the polymers sold 5 under the names TIB 4-100, TIB 4-101 , TIB 4-120, TIB 4-130, TTB 4-200, FA 4002 ID (TIB 4-202), TIB 4-220 and FA 4001 CM (TIB 4-230) by the company Dow Corning.
Preferably, the vinyl polymer grafted with at least one carbosiloxane dendrimer-based unit that may he used in a composition of the invention is an acr late/poiytrimethyl siloxymethacrylate copolymer, especially the product sold in I Q isododecane under the name Dow Coming FA 4002 ID Silicone Acrylate by the company Dow Coming.
Mention may also be made of the grafted copolymer of polyacrylic acid and dimethyipolysiloxane dissolved in isododecane, sold by the company Shm-Etsu under the name KP-550.
15
f) Copolymers comprising carboxylate groups and polvdimethylsiloxane groups
in the present patent application, the expression "copolymer comprising carboxylate groups and polydirnethylsiloxane groups" means a copolymer obtained from 0 (a) one or more carboxylic (acid or ester) monomers, and (b) one or more polydirnethylsiloxane (PDMS) chains.
In the present patent application, the term "carboxylic monomer" means both carboxylic acid monomers and carboxylic acid ester monomers. Thus, the monomer (a) may be chosen, for example, from acrylic acid, methacryiic acid, maleie acid, fumaric acid, 5 itaeomc acid, crotonie acid, esters thereof and mixtures of these monomers. Esters that may be mentioned include the following monomers: acrylate, methacrylate, maleate, fumarate, itaconate and/or crotonate. According to one preferred embodiment of the invent on, the monomers in ester form are more particularly chosen from linear or branched, preferably C1-C24 and better still C1 -C22 alkyl acrylates and roethacrylates, the alkyl radical 0 preferably being chosen f om methyl, ethyl, stearyl, butyl and 2-ethylhexyl radicals, and mixtures thereof. Thus, according to one particular embodiment of the invention, the copolymer comprises as carboxylate groups at least one group chosen from acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and methyl, ethyL stearyl, butyl or 2-ethylhexy) aerylate or methacrylate. and mixtures thereof.
In the present patent application, the term "polydimethylsiloxanes" (also known as organopolysiloxanes and abbreviated as PDMS) denotes, in accordance with what is generally accepted, any organosilicon polymer or oligomer of linear structure, of variable molecular weight, obtained by polymerization and/or pol condensation of suitably functionaiized siianes, and consisting essentially of a repetition of main units in which the silicon atoms are linked together via oxygen atoms (siloxane bond sSi-O-Sis), comprising trimethyl radicals directly linked via a carbon atom to the said silicon atoms. The PDMS chains that may be used to obtain the copolymer used according to the invention comprise at least one polymerizable radical group, preferably located on at least one of the ends of the chain, i.e. the PDMS may contain, for example, a polymerizable radical group on the two ends of the chain or one polymerizable radical group on one end of the chain and one trimethylsilyl end group on the other end of the chain. The radical-polymerizable group may especially be an acrylic or methacrylic group, n particular a group CH2 = CRl - CO - O - Rl', in which ¾ represents a hydrogen or a methyl group, and R2 represents -(¾-, - (CH2)n- with n = 3, 5, 8 or 10, -CH2-CH(CH3)-CH2- , -CH2~CH2-Q-CH2-CHr, -CH2-CH2- < C¾-CH2-CH(C¾)-CH2~ or -CH2-CH2-O-CH2 CH2-O-CH2-CH2-CH2-.
The copolymers used in the composition of the invention are generally obtained according to the usual methods of polymerization and grafting, for example by free-radical polymerization (A) of a PDMS comprising at least one polymerizable radical group (for example on one of the ends of the chain or on both ends) and (B) of at least one carboxylic monomer, as described, for example, in documents TJS-A-5 061 481 and US-A- 5 219 560.
The copolymers obtained generally have a molecular weight ranging from about 3000 to 200 000 and preferably from about 5000 to 100 000.
The copolymer used in the composition of the invention may he in its native form. or in dispersed form in a solvent such as lower alcohols containing from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, for instance isopropyi alcohol, or oils, for instance volatile silicone oils (for example cyclopentasiloxane).
As copolymers" that may be used in the composition of the invention, mention may he made, for example, of copolymers of acrylic acid and of stearyl acrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of acrylic acid and of stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts, copolymers of methyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and stearyl methacrylate containing polydimethylsiloxane grafts. As copolymers that may be used in the composition of the invention, mention may be made in particular of the copolymers sold by the company Shin-Etsu under the names KP-561 (CTFA name: aerylat.es/dimethieone), P-541 in which the copolymer is dispersed at 60% by weight in isopropyi alcohol (CTFA name: acrylates/dimethicone and isopropyi alcohol), and KP-545 in which the copolymer is dispersed at 30% in cyclopentasiloxane (CTFA name: acrylates/dimethicone and cyclopentasiloxane). According to one preferred embodiment of the invention, P561 is preferably used; this copolymer is not dispersed in a solvent, but is in waxy form, its melting point being about 30°C.
Mention may also be made of the grafted copolymer of polyacryiie acid and dimethylpolysiloxane dissolved in isododecane, sold by the company Shin-Etsu under the name KP-550.
According to one particularly preferred embodiment, a composition of the invention may comprise, besides said supramoleeular polymer(s) and said silicone compound(s) according to the invention, at least one silicone resin,
More preferably, a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one supramoleeular polymer according to the invention, at least one phenyl nonvolatile silicone oil and at least one silicone resin. Such a combination advantageously makes it possible to obtain a composition with improved properties in terms of adhesion to the skin and/or the lips.
Silicone elastomer According to another embodiment variant, a composition according to the inveiition may comprise, besides a silicone filler, at least one silicone elastomer, in other words an organopolysiloxane elastomer.
The term "organopolysiloxane elastomer" means a deformable, flexible organopolysiloxane with viscoelastic properties a d especially the consistency of a sponge or of a supple sphere. Its modulus, of elasticity is such that this material withstands deformation and has limited stretchability and contractability. This material is capable of regaining its original shape after stretching.
it is more particularly a crosslinked organopolysiloxane elastomer. Preferably, the organopolysiloxane elastomer is obtained by crosslinkmg addition reaction (A) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded†o a silicon, and (B) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at. least two ethylenically unsaturated groups bonded to silicon, especially in the presence (C) of a platinum catalyst, as described, for instance, in patent application EP-A-295 886.
In particular, the organopolysiloxane elastomer may be obtained by reaction of a dimethylpolysiioxane with dimethylvinylsiloxy . end groups and of methylhydrogenopolysiioxane with trimethylsiioxy end groups, in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
Compound (A) may especially be chosen from methylhydrogenopolysiloxanes containing trimethylsiioxy end groups, dimethyl, siloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane copolymers containing trimethylsiioxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane- methylhydrogenostloxane eyerie copolymers.
The organopolysiloxahes (B) may be chosen in particular from methylvinylpolysiloxanes, methylvinylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymers, dimeihylpolysiloxanes containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane- methylphenylsiloxane copolymers containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, dimethyl si loxane-di phenyl si loxane-meihyl vinylsiloxane copol ym ers containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane copolymers containing trimethylsiioxy end groups, dimethylsiloxane-methylphenylsiloxane- methyl vinylsiloxane copolymers containing trimethylsiioxy end groups, methyl(3s353- trifl"uoropropyl)polysiloxanes containing dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, and dimethylsiloxatie-methyl(3,3,3-trifl.uoropropyl)siloxane copolymers containing dimethy!vinylsiloxy end groups.
it is advantageous for compound (A) to be added in an amount such that the molecular ratio between the total amount of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms in compound (A) and the total amount of all the ethyienicaliy unsaturated groups in compound (B) is within the range from 1.5/1 to 20/1.
Compound (C) is the catalyst for the cross I inking reaction, and is especially chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid- alkeriyisi!oxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black and platinum on a support.
The catalyst (C) is preferably added in an amount of' from 0.1 to 1000 parts by weight and better still from 1 to 100 parts by weight, as clean platinum metal, per 1000 parts by weight of the total amount of compounds (A) and (B),
The elastomer is advantageously a non-emulsifying elastomer.
The term "non-emulsifying" defines organopolysiloxane elastomers not containing a hydrophilic chain, and in particular not containing any polyoxyalkylene units (especially polyoxyetbylene or polyoxypropylene) or on any polygiyceryl units.
The organopolysi oxane elastomer particles are conveyed in the form of a gel formed from an eiastomeric organopolysiloxane included in at least one hydrocarbon- based oil and/or one silicone oil. in these gels, the organopolysiloxane particles are often non-spherical particles.
Non-emulsifying elastomers are especially described in patents EP 242 21 , EP 285 886 and EP 765 656 and in patent application JP-A-61-1 4 009, the content of which is incorporated by way of reference.
Spherical non-emulsifying elastomers that may be used include those sold under the names DC 9040, DC 9041, DC 9509, DC 9505 and DC 9506 by the company Dow Coming.
Organopolysiloxane elastomers with groups MQ, such as those sold by the company Wacker under the names BeSsil RG100, Beisil RPG33 and, preferentially, RG80 may also be used in the compositions according to the invention. The elastomer may also he an emulsifying elastomer. The term "emulsifying organopolysiioxane elastomer" means an organopolysiioxane elastomer comprising at least one hydrophilic chain, such as poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomers and polyglycerolated silicone elastomers.
The emulsifying organopolysiioxane elastomer may be chosen from poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomers,
The poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomer is a crosslinked organopolysiioxane elastomer that may be obtained by crossliiiking addition reaction of diofganopo'Iysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of a polyoxyalkylene containing at least two eihylenicaily unsaturated groups.
Advantageously, the poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomers may be formed from d vinyl compounds, in particular polyoxyalkylenes containing at least two vinyl groups, which react with Si-H bonds of a polysiloxane.
Poiyoxyalkylenated elastomers are especially described in patents US 5 236 986, US 5 412 004, US 5 837 793 and US 5 81 1 487, the content of which is incorporated by reference.
Poiyoxyalkylenated organopolysiioxane elastomers that may be used include those sold under the names KSG-21, KSG-2Q, KSG-30, KSG-31, KSG-32, KSG-33, KSG- 210, KSG-310, SG-320, KSG-330 and KSG-340 by the company Shin-Etsu, and DC9010 and DC9011 by the company Dow Coming.
The emulsifying organopolysiioxane elastomer may also be chosen from polyglycerolated organopolysiioxane elastomers.
The polyglycerolated organopolysiioxane elastomer according to the invention is an organopolysiioxane elastomer that may be obtained by crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon and of polyglycerolated compounds containing eihylenicaily unsaturated groups, especially in the presence of a platinum catalyst.
The polyglycerolated organopolysiioxane elastomer according to the invention is conveyed in gel form in at least one hydrocarbon-based oil and/or one silicone oil In these gels, the polyglycerolated elastomer is often in the form of non-spherical particles. Polyglycerolated organopolysiloxane elastomers that may be used include those sold under the names KSG-710, SG-810, KSG-820, KSG-830 and SG-840 by the company Sbin-Etsu.
Non-emulsifying elastomers that may be used more particularly include those sold under the names KSG-6, KSG-15, KSG-16, KSG-18, KSG-41 , KSG-42, KSG-43 and SG-44 by tlie company Shin-Etsu, DC9040 and DC9041 by the company Dow Corning, and SFE 839 by the company General Electric.
Emulsifying elastomers that may be used more particularly include those sold under the names KSG-31 , K8G-32, KSG-33, KSG-210 and KSG-710 by the company Shin-Etsu.
Advantageously, the organopolysiloxane elastomer under consideration according to the invention is chosen from spherical non-emulsifying organopolysiloxane elastomers, polyglycerolated organopolysiloxane elastomers and polyoxyalkyienated organopolysiloxane elastomers.
It is more particularly a polyoxyalkyienated organopolysiloxane elastomer.
The composition according to the invention may comprise an organopolysiloxane elastomer, alone or as a mixture, in a content ranging from 0.1% to 20% by weight, preferably from 0.2% to 15% by weight and even more preferably from 0.5% to 12% by weight.
A makeup and/or care composition according io the invention may especially be in the form of a suspension, a dispersion, a solution, a gel, an emulsion, especially an oil-in-water emulsion (O W), water-in-oil emulsion (W/O) or multiple emulsion (W/OAV or polyol/O/W or O/W/O), or in the form of a cream, a mousse, a stick, a dispersion of vesicles, especially of ionic or noniomc lipids, a two-phase or multi-phase lotion, a spray, a powder or a paste.
A person skilled in the art. may select the appropriate galenical form, and also the method, for preparing it, on the basis of his general knowledge, taking into account firstly the nature of the constituents used, and secondly the intended application of the composition.
APPLICATION As above-mentioned, according to a particular embodiment of the invention, the process according to the invention comprises a step of acceleration of tlie drying of the deposit, simultaneously with or subsequent to its application and more particularly by exposure of said deposit to blown air ha ving a temperature ranging from 35 to 45 °C.
Thus, according to a particular embodiment, the invention relates to a method for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising at least the steps consisting in:
i) applying to the said skin and/or the said lips a composition according to the invention; and
ii) artificially accelerating the drying of the deposit made in step i) simultaneously with or subsequent to its application, by exposure of said deposit to blown air having a temperature ranging from 35 to 45 °C,
Advantageously, the acceleration of the drying of a deposit of a composition formed according to the method of the present invention makes it possible to improve the quality of the resulting film, in particular in terms of uniformity and staying power of the film,
In addition, such a process makes it possible advantageously to decrease the drying time of the deposit. For the purpose of tlie invention, the drying time denotes the period of time necessary for the layer of coating to form a dry film, Advantageously, this drying time under consideration may be less or equal to 2 minutes. From this period of 2 minutes onward, the film must be dry and satisfy the properties mentioned above, in particular in terms of colour fastness. For example, for certain compositions according to the invention, an optimum staying-power value may be obtained after only 1 minute, or even 30 seconds, of drying in accordance with tl e invention.
The temperature of the blown air according to the invention is that felt on the skin or the lips. According to one particular embodiment, this blown air in contact with the lips or the skin may have a temperature ranging from 36 to 41 °C.
According to another aspect, tl e present invention relates to a packaging and application kit or assembly, comprising a reservoir containing a composition according to the invention, a device for applying said composition to the skin or the lips, and a means intended for artificially accelerating the drying of the deposit formed on application of said composition to the skin or the lips, and in particular capable of providing blown air preferably having a temperature ranging from 35 to 45 °C.
Characteristics of a packaging and application kit or assembly according to the invention will emerge on reading the following description, given solely by way of nonlimiting example and with reference to the appended figures, in which:
- figure 1 represents, schematically, in perspective, a packaging and application assembly in accordance with the invention, suitable for a composition formulated in the form of a wand;
- figure 2 represents, schematically, in perspective, another packaging and application assembly in accordance with the invention, suitable for a composition formulated in the form of a gloss.
The reservoir containing a composition according to the invention may be coupled to the device for applying said composition, so as to form an assembly, which is known and commonly used in the lip makeup field as denoted by general numerical reference 1 in the appended figures.
This assembly 1 may be suitable for the storage and the application of a cosmetic composition formulated in solid form, more specifically in the form of a wand as represented schematically in figure 1, or for a composition formulated in fluid form, of "gloss" type, as represented schematicall in figure 2.
This type of assembly, well known to those skilled in the art, is not subsequently described in greater detail. Of course, all the possible and known variants for this assembly of the packing and application kit or assembly according to the present invention are also part of the invention.
According to one particular embodiment, the means intended for artificially accelerating the drying of the film formed by the application of said composition, denoted overall in the appended figures by the general numerical reference 2, is integrated into the assembly comprising the reservoir and the device for application, as described above.
In particular, it may be placed at the end of assembly 1 , opposite the cosmetic composition output or application end. According to another embodiment, the means intended for artificially accelerating the drying of the film formed by the application of said composition is distinct from this assembly.
In particular, the means for accelerating drying of the coating film may comprise a heating means, including in particular a heat source,
The term "heat source" is intended to mean more particularly a heating means known to those skilled in the art which is suitable for drying the layer deposited at the surface of the skin or the lips during the application of a composition for coating keratin materials,
This heat source may consist, of thermal resistances 3 represented in figures 1 and 2, intended, to heat t e air.
A heating means according to the invention is understood as being any device capable of heating the skin or lips to a temperature suitable for drying of the deposit formed. by the application of a composition as described above.
This heating means is advantageously suitable for generating a. temperature at the level of the coating film deposited on the skin or the lips ranging from 35°C to 45°C, more particularly from 36°C to 41 °C.
Moreover, a means for accelerating the drying of the coating film according to the invention may also comprise a means suitable for generating blown air, for example in the direction I represented on figures 1 and 2,
This means may be a mini-fan 4 represented in figures 1 and 2.
According to one particular embodiment, a means for accelerating drying may consist of the assembly of a heating means and a means for generating blown air, as described above.
Of course, the variants that cars be envisioned for the packaging and application kit or assembly according to the invention, in order to enable, on the one hand, the application of a composition to the skin or the lips and, on the other hand, the acceleration of the drying of the film formed, are also part of the invention. In the description and in the examples that follow, unless otherwise mentioned, the percentages are weight percentages and the ranges of values given in the form "between... and..." include the stated lower and upper limits.
The examples below are presented as non-limiting illustrations of the field of the invention.
Example .1 of synthesis of' a supramolecutor polyme ;
100 g of d ydroxylated hydrogenated 1 ,2-poiybutadiene polymer (GI3000 from the company Nisso; Mn ^ 4700 measured by GPC according to the protocol described previously) are dried at 80°C, under reduced pressure, overnight. This polymer is dissolved in 400 ml of anhydrous toluene. 25 μΐ of catalyst (dibutyltin dilaurate) are added and the mixture is heated to 80°C with stirring, until a uniform solution is obtained. 15 g of isocyanate-functionalized molecule having the followin structure:
(CAS No. 32093-85-9)
are added as a solution in 300 ml of anhydrous toluene, under a controlled atmosphere at 4QnC. The reaction mixture is heated to 100°C and stirred at this temperature for 4 hours. The reaction is monitored by infrared spectroscopy, with monitoring of the total disappearance of the characteristic peak for isoeyanates at 2260 cm"1. At the end of the reaction, 100 ml of ethanol are added to remove all trace of residual isocyaiiate, and the mixture is then filtered, after having added isododecane to make the solution less viscous. The polymer solution is then directly stripped with isododecane.
A solution of the final polymer in isododecane, with a solids content of 21 %, is obtained; the polymer is characterized by GPC (M = 6400 and poiydispersity index ::: 1.85) and I ff NMR (spectrum in accordance with what is expected).
Example 2 of synthesis of a siapramolecular polymer:
Synthesis of the ureidopyrimidone difunctionali/ed polymer GI2000
106.1 g of dihydroxylated hydrogenated 1,2-polybutadiene polymer (GI2000 from Nisso, M = 3300 measured by GPC according to the protocol described previously) are heated in the presence of 22 mg of catalyst (dibutyltin dilaurate) at 80°C, under reduced pressure, for two hours. The temperature of the mixture is reduced to 20°C, under argon, followed by addition of 10 ml of isododeeane and 19,3 g of isophorone diisocyanate (IPDi). The mixture is stirred for 16 hours at 20°C under a controlled atmosphere, and is then heated to 120C'C, followed by addition of 25 ml of propylene carbonate. 12 g of 6- methylisocytosine are added, resulting in a uniform white suspension. This suspension is heated to 140°C and stirred at this temperature for 6 hours. The reaction is monitored by infrared spectroscopy, up to the total disappearance of the characteristic peak for isocyanates (2250 cm"1). The mixture is then reduced to 30°C, and 400 ml of heptane, 200 ml of THF and 50 ml of ethanoi are added, followed by filtration through Celite. The mixture is then stripped with isododeeane.
A solution of the polymer in isododeeane, with a solids content of 25%, is finally obtained; the polymer is characterized by GPC (Mn 7000 and polydispersity index = 2,05).
Example 3 of syn hesis of a sHpramqlecaiar polymer;
99 g of dihydroxylated hydrogenated L2-poiyhutadiene polymer (GI3000 from
Nisso, Mn = 4700 measured by GPC according to the protocol described previously) are heated in the presence of 22 mg of catalyst (dibutyltin dilaurate) at 80'3C, under reduced pressure, for two hours. The temperature of the mixture is reduced to 20 °C, under argon, followed b addition of 30 ml of isododeeane and 11 g of isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI). The mixture is stirred for 16 hours at 20 °C under a controlled atmosphere, and is then heated to 120 °C, followed by addition of 25 mi of propylene carbonate. 8.1 g of 6- methylisocytosine are added, resulting in a homogeneous white suspension. This suspension is heated to 140 °C and stirred at this temperature for 6 hours. The reaction is monitored by infrared spectroscopy, up to the total disappearance of the characteristic peak for isocyanates (2250 em' ). The mixture is then reduced to 30°C, and one litre of heptane is added, followed by filtration through Ceiite. The mixture is then stripped with isododecane.
A solution of the polymer in isododecane, with a solids content of 20%, is finally obtained; the polymer is characterized by GPC (Mn ::: 4200 and polydispersity index = 2.34),
Example 4 of synthesis of a ssigramoleeuljar polymer:
89 g of dihydroxylated hydrogenated 1,2-polybutadiene polymer (GI3000 from Nisso, Mn = 4700 measured by GPC according to the protocol described previously) are heated in the presence of 22 mg of catalyst (dibutyltin dilaurate) at 80°C, under reduced pressure, for two hours. The temperature of the mixture is reduced to 20°C. under argon, followed by addition of 60 ml of isododecane and 11.6 g of 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate. The mixture is stirred for 16 hours at 20 °C under a controlled atmosphere, and is then heated to 120 °C. followed by addition of 40 ml of propylene carbonate. 6.64 g of 6-methylisocytosine are added, resulting is a homogeneous white suspension. This suspension is heated to 140 °C and stirred at this temperature for 8 hours. The reaction is monitored by infrared spectroscopy, up to the total disappearance of the characteristic peak for isocyanates (2250 cm"1). The mixture is then cooled to 3Q°C, and 250 ml of isododecane and 500 ml of heptane are added, followed by filtration through Ceiite. The mixture is then stripped with isododecane,
A solution of the polymer in isododecane, with a solids content of 22%, is finally obtained; the polymer is characterized by GPC (Mn · 10700 and polydispersity index = 2.26).
Example 5 of synthesis of a mpramolecular polymer:
143.1 g of dihydroxylated hydrogenated 1 ,2-polybutadiene polymer (GI2000 from Nisso, Mn = 33 0 measured by GPC according to the protocol described previously) are heated in the presence of 33 mg of catalyst (dibutyltin dilaurate) at 80°C, under reduced pressure, for two hours. The temperature of the mixture is reduced to 20 °C, under argon, followed by addition of 85 ml of isododecane and 30.8 g of 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate. The mixture is stirred for 16 hours at 20 °C under a controlled atmosphere. and is then heated to 120 °C, followed by addition of 70 mi of propylene carbonate. 22.6 g of ivmethylisocytosiiie are added, resulting in a homogeneous white suspension. This suspension is heated to 140 °C and stirred at this temperature for 8 hours. The reaction is monitored by infrared spectroscopy, up to the total disappearance of the characteristic peak for isocyanates (2250 cm"!). The mixture is then cooled to 2Q°C} and 700 ml of isododecane and 500 ml of heptane are added, followed by filtration through Ceiite. The mixture is then stripped with isododecane,
A solution of the polymer in isododecane, with a solids content of 20%, is finally obtained; the polymer is characterized by GPC (Mn 8400 and poiydispersity index = 2.00).
Examples 1 to 5 of cosmetic for itrolae of liquid lipstick .type (gloss)
Five makeup formulae according to the invention having the following composition (see Table 1} were prepared (the percentages indicated are weight percentages). Formulae 1 to 3 illustrate the invention and formulae 4 and 5 are comparative compositions outside the invention.
Table 1
Procedure:
A ground pigmentary material was prepared in some of the silicone oil by grinding the mixture three times in a three-roll mill. The ground material required for the composition was weighed out. in a beaker. The suprarnolecular polymer according to the invention was mixed with the rest of the silicone oil and the ground pigmentary material its a beaker or heating pan. Next, the mixture was stirred in a Rayneri blender until homogeneous.
Evaluation of the formulae
The tacky aspect of the deposits of each of formulae 1 to 5 thus obtained was evaluated according to the protocol defined below.
Protocol for evaluating the tack:
A sample of each of the compositions was spread while hot onto a contrast card so as to form a deposit 150 μηι thick.
The tacky nature was evaluated during the drying of a deposi made with the formula to be evaluated after 1 hour and 24 hours at room temperature (25°C). To do this, a finger was applied, after the specified drying lime, onto the deposit made from the formula to be evaluated and the tack was assessed by the person on removal of Ms finger.
The aspect of the composition and the tack-resistance and gloss properties of the deposit formed were also evaluated on a contrast card.
The following results were obtained:
Table 2
It emerges from these results that the compositions in accordance with the invention allow the production of a glossy and sparingly tacky makeup deposit; in particular, the tacky nature after drying at room temperature is significantly reduced relative to the deposits made with the comparative compositions 4 and 5, The deposits formed with compositions according to the invention also have good remartence, and good transfer-resistance properties.
Six foundation formulae according to the invention (Formulae 6 to 12) and two comparative foundation formulae outside the invention (Formulae 13 and 14) were
Table .3
Table 4
Procedure:
The constituents of phase A2 were weighed out, 'The mixture was ground in a three-roil mill. Next, the constituents of phase Al were weighed oat in the main beaker and placed in. a Rayneri blender, Phase A2 was then added, After stirring for 10 miniates, phase B was incorporated. After stirring for 5 minutes, phase C was incorporated.
Each of the formulations thus obtained is then evaluated in terms of transfer resistance according to the protocol described below.
Protocol for evaluating the transfer resis mc
The forearm is freed of makeup with a non-greasy makeup remover (such as Effacil from Lancome) and then with cotton wool and water. After 5 minutes, a foundation formula of one of Examples 5 to 13 is applied by finger to the forearm. The amount applied is 0.05 g onto an area 5 cm by 5 cm in size.
10 minutes after the application, a paper tissue is wiped five times over the forearm: to do this, the tissue is folded into four, it. is applied to the skin, with relatively strong pressure, at one of the edges of the foundation and is then moved quite slowly over the forearm towards the other edge. The amount of foundation that has transferred onto the tissue is then evaluated.
For the measurements performed, it is considered that:
+ No colour on the handkerchief (i.e.: the composition shows very good transfer-resistance properties for the deposit)
++ The handkerchief is very slightly coloured (i.e.: the composition shows good transfer-resistance properties for the deposit)
÷++ The handkerchief is slightly coloured
++++ The handkerchief is coloured The number of "+"s reflects the decreasing transfer-resistance properties (i.e. the more "+"s there are, the greater the makeup deposit has a tendency to transfer).
Tables 5 and 6 below gi ve the results obtained in terms of transfer resistance. Table 5
Table 6
It emerges from these results that the deposits of the compositions in accordance with the invention show significantly less transfer tendency when compared with the comparative compositions. These compositions also lead to a deposit that gives a softer and more glidant feel on the skin.
Fiirihennore, the compositions of Examples 6, 7 and 8 lead to a reduction of the tack of the makeup deposit after application (during the drying phase).
Protocol for testing the tack:
The tacky nature is evaluated by applying the finger to a deposit produced on the forearm one minute after the end of application of the composition.
For the measurements performed, it is considered that:
+ No tack during drying
- + Slight tack effect during drying
-H-+ Moderate tack effect during drying
++++ Strong tack effect during drying
■f- r-t -+ Very strong tack effect during drying The following results were obtained:
Tab!
It emerges from these results that the deposits produced with the compositions according to the invention show significantly reduced tacky nature relative to the deposits produced with the comparative compositions 13 and 14.
Examples 15 to J 6 of cosmetic formulae of fluid emulsion foundation type:
Two liquid foundation formulae having the following composition were prepared (a composition in accordance with the invention and a comparative composition)
Table 6
Procedure:
The constituents of phase Al are weighed out in a beaker, with stirring using a Moritz blender, while maintaining the ambient temperature at 50CC. The premolien phase A2 is then added, with continued stirring.
Phase A3 is prepared separately by milling the pigments in a three-roll mill, and this phase is then added with stirring to tlie preceding mixture.
To prepare phase B, the water is brought to the boiling point and the other constituents of phase B ate then added. The temperature of phase B is cooled to about 50°C.
The emulsion is prepared at 50°C. The two phases must have a temperature in the region of 50°C. The aqueous phase B is poured slowly into phase A while gradually increasing the stirring speed of the Moritz blender up to 2500 rpm. After addition, tlie mixture is stirred for a further 10 minutes at room temperature. Phase C is then added and the mixture is stirred for 5 minutes. Phase D is then added and the mixture, is stirred for 5 minutes.
Each of the formulations thus obtained is then evaluated in terms of transfer resistance and of tack reduction after application, according to the protocols described above.
Table 7 below gives the results concerning the transfer.
Table 7
it emerges from these results that the deposit produced with composition 15 in accordance with the invention shows significantly reduced tendency to transfer when compared with the deposit produced with comparative composition 16. This composition also leads to the production of a deposit that gives a softer, more gSidant and less tacky feel on the skin. Furthermore, the composition of Example 15 leads to a deposit whose tack reduces after application (during drying).
Table 8 below gives the results concerning the reduction of tack during drying:
Table 8
It emerges from these results that the deposit, formed from composition 15 in accordance with the invention shows significantly reduced tacky nature relative to the depos t formed from comparative composition 16.

Claims

1. Cosmetic process for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the l ps, comprising at least the application to the said skin and/or the said lips of a composition comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium:
- at least 2.5% b weight relative to the total weight of the composition of at least one supramolecular polymer based on fimctionalized polyalkene of formula HO-P- OH in which P represents a homopolymer or a copolymer that may be obtained by polymerization of one or more linear, cyclic and/or branched polyunsaturated C2-C10 and preferably C2-C4 alkenes, which may he derived from the reaction, especially the condensation, of the said fimctionalized polyalkene polymer with at least one junction group functionalized with at least one reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive group(s) of the functional ked polyalkene polymer, the said junction group being capable of forming at least 3 H (hydrogen) bonds, preferably at least 4 H bonds, preferentially 4 H bonds,
- and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C,
2. Process according to Claim 1 , in which the fimctionalized polyalkene of formula HO-P-OH is hydrogenated.
3. Process according to either of the preceding claims, in which P represents a homo- or copolymer that may be obtained by polymerization of one or more linear or branched C2-C4 diunsaturated alkenes,
4. Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which P represents a polybutylene, a polybutadiene, a . polyisoprene, a poly(l,3-pentadiene) or a polyisobutylene, and copolymers thereof, and preferably a poly(ethylene/butylene).
5, Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the functionalized junction, group is of formula:
in which L represents a saturated or unsaturated C\- w divalent carbon-based group, chosen in particular from a linear or branched C1-C20 aiky!ene; a C5-C20 (alkyl)eycloalky'lene, an alkylene-biscycloalkylene and a C6-C2o (alky] }ai'yiene, preferably an isophorone group,
6. Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the supramolecular pol mer corresponds to the formula:
in which:
- L' and L" are, independently of each other, as defined for L in the preceding claim;
~ X, X' · O and P is as defined in one of the preceding claims.
7. Process according to the preceding claim, in which:
» and V ' are both isophorone groups,
X and O and P represents a polybutylenes a polybutadiene, a polyisoprene, a poIy(I,3-peniadiene) or a polyisobutylene, and copolymers thereof, and preferably a pol y( ethylene/¾utylene) .
8. Process according to any one of the preceding claims, comprising from 3% to 60% by weight, preferably from 3,5% to 50% by weight or even from 4% to 40% by weight of supramolecular polymer(s) relative, to the total weight of the said composition.
9. Process according to the preceding claim, comprising from 0,1% to 70% by weight, preferably from 0.2% to 40% by weight or even frorn 0.3% to 30% by wei ht of silicone compound('s) with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25 °C relative to the total weight of the said composition.
30. Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the said silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C and the said supramolecular polymer are present in a silicone eompoimd(s) according to the inventi on/polymer(s) weight ratio of between 0.01 and 20, preferably between 0,1 and 15, or even between 0.4 and 10 and better still between 1 and 8.
1 1 , Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the said silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 eSt at 25°C is chosen from silicone gums and volatile and non- volatile silicone oils.
12. Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the said silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C is at least one volatile or non-volatile silicone oil chosen from linear silicone oils and phenyl silicone oils, and especially has a viscosity of less than 800 000 cSt. at 25°C.
13, Process according to the preceding claim, in which the said phenyl silicone oil is chosen from phenyl trimethicones, phenyl dimethicones, phenyltrimethylsiioxydiphenylsiloxanes, diphenyl dimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltri-siloxaaes, 2-phenylethyl trimethylsiloxysilicates and dimethicones or phenyl trimethicone with a viscosity of less than or equal to 100 cSt.
14, Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the said silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25 °C is at least one silicone gum, especially whose viscosity is greater than 800 000 cSt. at 25°C.
15. Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the said composition also comprises at least one additional liquid fatty phase and especially at least one non-silicone oil.
16, Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the said' composition is in the form of a complexion product such as a ioimdation, a lace powder or an eyeshadow; a lip product such as a lipstick or a lipcare product, which is especially solid; a concealer product; a blusher; an eyeliner; a lipstick pencil or eye pencil; a body makeup product or a gloss (lip gloss),
17. Composition for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer as defined in any one of claims 1 to 7, and at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25 °C, the said composition being free of cyclopentasiloxane.
18. Composition for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physiologically acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer as defined in any one of claims 1 to 7, and at least 15% by weight of silicone compound(s) with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C.
19. Composition for making up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips, comprising, in a physioiogicaily acceptable medium, at least one supramolecular polymer as defined in any one of claims 1 to 7, at least one silicone compound with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25°C, and at least one pigment other than a nacre.
20. Composition according to Claims 17 to 19, in which the said silicone compound, with a viscosity of less than 10 000 000 cSt at 25 °C as defined in Claims 11 to 14.
EP11727529.7A 2010-05-26 2011-05-25 Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a silicone compound Withdrawn EP2575970A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
FR1002231A FR2960430B1 (en) 2010-05-26 2010-05-26 COSMETIC COMPOSITION BASED ON A SUPRAMOLECULAR POLYMER AND A SILICONE COMPOUND
FR1002232A FR2960432B1 (en) 2010-05-26 2010-05-26 METHOD OF MAKE-UP AND / OR CARE OF THE SKIN AND / OR LIP
US35022110P 2010-06-01 2010-06-01
US34415110P 2010-06-01 2010-06-01
PCT/IB2011/052276 WO2011148324A2 (en) 2010-05-26 2011-05-25 Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a silicone compound

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP2575970A2 true EP2575970A2 (en) 2013-04-10

Family

ID=44262483

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP11727529.7A Withdrawn EP2575970A2 (en) 2010-05-26 2011-05-25 Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a silicone compound

Country Status (2)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2575970A2 (en)
WO (1) WO2011148324A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8846015B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2014-09-30 L'oreal Cosmetic compositions based on a supramolecular polymer, a hyperbranched functional polymer, a light silicone fluid and a copolymer of a silicone resin and a fluid silicone
US8709388B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2014-04-29 L'oreal Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a hyperbranched functional polymer
US9730882B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2017-08-15 L'oreal Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer, a hyperbranched functional polymer and a polyethylene wax
US9089502B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2015-07-28 L'oreal Cosmetic compositions based on a supramolecular polymer, a hyperbranched functional polymer, a light silicone fluid, a copolymer of a silicone resin and a fluid silicone, and a functional filler
FR2992209B1 (en) * 2012-06-21 2014-07-18 Oreal LIQUID COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING AN OIL, HYDROPHOBIC SILICA AEROGEL PARTICLES AND A POLYAMIDE
WO2013190705A1 (en) * 2012-06-21 2013-12-27 L'oreal Cosmetic composition comprising a supramolecular polymer, a non volatile silicone oil and a non volatile hydrocarbonated oil
CN112980021B (en) * 2021-03-29 2022-04-12 哈尔滨工业大学 Synthesis method of POSS-based reversible thermochromic membrane material

Family Cites Families (39)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB618482A (en) 1946-10-15 1949-02-22 Napier & Son Ltd Improvements in or relating to apparatus for testing ignition systems for internal combustion engines
JPS61194009A (en) 1985-02-21 1986-08-28 Toray Silicone Co Ltd Makeup cosmetic
JPS62243621A (en) 1986-04-17 1987-10-24 Toray Silicone Co Ltd Production of granular silicone rubber
DE3712202C1 (en) 1987-04-10 1988-09-08 Kleinewefers Ramisch Gmbh Process and device for gas heating of calender rolls
JPS63313710A (en) 1987-06-16 1988-12-21 Toray Silicone Co Ltd Face cleaning cosmetic
US5061481A (en) 1989-03-20 1991-10-29 Kobayashi Kose Co., Ltd. Cosmetic composition having acryl-silicone graft copolymer
US5219560A (en) 1989-03-20 1993-06-15 Kobayashi Kose Co., Ltd. Cosmetic composition
GB8906626D0 (en) 1989-03-22 1989-05-04 Dow Corning Method of making organosiloxane resins
JP2631772B2 (en) 1991-02-27 1997-07-16 信越化学工業株式会社 Novel silicone polymer and paste-like silicone composition having water dispersibility using the same
ES2101826T3 (en) 1991-11-04 1997-07-16 Chimie Ind Sa Soc Nouv PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF PIGMENTS, ESPECIALLY, FLUORESCENT PIGMENTS.
EP0545002A1 (en) 1991-11-21 1993-06-09 Kose Corporation Silicone polymer, paste-like composition and water-in-oil type cosmetic composition comprising the same
JP2832143B2 (en) 1993-12-28 1998-12-02 信越化学工業株式会社 Silicone fine particles and method for producing the same
GB9418499D0 (en) 1994-09-14 1994-11-02 Ciba Geigy Ag Process for producing n-methylated organic pigments
DE19603357B4 (en) 1995-02-10 2004-09-23 General Electric Co. Low viscosity siloxysilicate resins with organic functional groups
EP0748746A1 (en) 1995-06-14 1996-12-18 Grace A.G. Easy-to-open thermoplastic package
FR2735689B1 (en) 1995-06-21 1997-08-01 Oreal COMPOSITION COMPRISING A DISPERSION OF POLYMER PARTICLES IN A NON-AQUEOUS MEDIUM
DE69613647T2 (en) 1995-09-29 2002-05-08 Shiseido Co Ltd Cosmetic preparation containing water-in-oil emulsion
JPH09171154A (en) 1995-12-19 1997-06-30 Nippon Sheet Glass Co Ltd Image input optical system and image input device using the same
EP0787730B1 (en) 1996-01-30 2001-08-01 Ciba SC Holding AG Polymerisable diketopyrrolopyrroles and polymers prepared with same
EP0787731B1 (en) 1996-01-30 2002-08-07 Ciba SC Holding AG Polymerizable diketopyrrolopyrroles and polymers thereof
US5837793A (en) 1996-03-22 1998-11-17 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd. Silicone rubber powder and method for the preparation thereof
US5874069A (en) 1997-01-24 1999-02-23 Colgate-Palmolive Company Cosmetic composition containing silicon-modified amides as thickening agents and method of forming same
US5919441A (en) 1996-04-01 1999-07-06 Colgate-Palmolive Company Cosmetic composition containing thickening agent of siloxane polymer with hydrogen-bonding groups
US5811487A (en) 1996-12-16 1998-09-22 Dow Corning Corporation Thickening silicones with elastomeric silicone polyethers
US6051216A (en) 1997-08-01 2000-04-18 Colgate-Palmolive Company Cosmetic composition containing siloxane based polyamides as thickening agents
FR2772601B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2000-01-28 Oreal NON-TRANSFER COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING A DISPERSION OF NON-FILMIFIABLE POLYMER PARTICLES IN A PARTIALLY NON-VOLATILE LIQUID FAT PHASE
FR2772602B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2000-01-28 Oreal NON-TRANSFER COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING A DISPERSION OF POLYMER PARTICLES IN A LIQUID FAT PHASE AND A LIPOSOLUBLE POLYMER
FR2776509B1 (en) 1998-03-31 2001-08-10 Oreal TOPICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING AN ESTER OF FATTY ACID OR ALCOHOL BRANCHED IN C24 TO C28
US5981680A (en) 1998-07-13 1999-11-09 Dow Corning Corporation Method of making siloxane-based polyamides
FR2782723B1 (en) 1998-08-27 2002-07-05 Atochem Elf Sa POLYURETHANE FORMULATIONS BASED ON HYDROXYL POLYBUTADIENE CATALYZED BY AN IMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVE
US7022752B2 (en) 2000-09-01 2006-04-04 Toda Kogyo Corporation Composite particles, process for producing the same, and pigment, paint and resin composition using the same
FR2825628B1 (en) * 2001-06-07 2004-03-19 Oreal COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING A POLYMER COMPRISING JUNCTION GROUPS CAPABLE OF ESTABLISHING EACH AT LEAST THREE H-LINKS
US20030235552A1 (en) * 2002-06-12 2003-12-25 L'oreal Cosmetic composition for care and/or makeup, structured with silicone polymers and film-forming silicone resins
EP1572137B1 (en) 2002-12-12 2017-03-15 L'Oréal Non-transfer cosmetic composition comprising a dispersion of particles of a silicone-free grafted ethylene polymer in a liquid fatty phase
JP4440888B2 (en) 2003-11-04 2010-03-24 スプラポリックス・ビー.ブイ. Production of supramolecular polymer containing 4-deuterium bond unit in polymer backbone
DE602005002234T2 (en) 2004-02-02 2008-05-21 Dow Corning Corp., Midland MQ-T PROPYL SILICONE RESIN
FR2938759B1 (en) * 2008-11-24 2012-10-12 Oreal KERATIN FIBER COLORING COMPOSITION COMPRISING A POLYALCENE SUPRAMOLECULAR POLYMER A PIGMENT AND A VOLATILE SOLVENT
FR2938758A1 (en) 2008-11-24 2010-05-28 Oreal METHOD FOR MAKING OR CARING FOR CILES OR EYCILS USING A POLYALCENE SUPRAMOLECULAR POLYMER
FR2938760B1 (en) * 2008-11-24 2012-08-17 Oreal METHOD OF MAKE-UP OF THE SKIN AND / OR LIP USING A COMPOSITION COMPRISING A SUPRAMOLECULAR POLYMER, AND COSMETIC COMPOSITION

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO2011148324A2 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2011148324A2 (en) 2011-12-01
WO2011148324A3 (en) 2012-03-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10335361B2 (en) Cosmetic process for making-up and/or caring for the skin and/or the lips
US9000051B2 (en) Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and an absorbent filler
EP2512427B1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a supramolecular compound capable of establishing hydrogen bonds, and a particular additional ingredient
US20140154196A1 (en) Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a silicone compound
JP5960126B2 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising polysiloxane and polymer having both linking groups that generate hydrogen bonds, and cosmetic treatment method
US9114076B2 (en) Solid anhydrous cosmetic composition
WO2011148324A2 (en) Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a silicone compound
WO2011147696A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising an oil and a polymer both bearing a hydrogen-bond-generating joining group, and cosmetic treatment process
EP2928438A1 (en) Solid powdery cosmetic composition
US20060013789A1 (en) Cosmetic composition with improved staying power
EP2928448B1 (en) Solid cosmetic composition in pressed powder form
WO2011148323A1 (en) Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a silicone elastomer
WO2011148325A1 (en) Cosmetic composition based on a supramolecular polymer and a silicone filler
WO2009074960A2 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising an organopolysiloxane elastomer and a pasty compound
US20130136705A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising an oil and a polymer both bearing a hydrogen-bond-generating joining group, and cosmetic treatment process
ES2705697T3 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a supramolecular compound capable of establishing hydrogen bonds, a silicone oil and a wax
WO2013191305A1 (en) Cosmetic composition based on a silsesquioxane resin, a hydrocarbon-based resin, a non volatile hydrocarbonated oil and a non volatile silicone oil
WO2012175402A2 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a supramolecular compound capable of establishing hydrogen bonds, and two particular distinct silicone oils
WO2013190705A1 (en) Cosmetic composition comprising a supramolecular polymer, a non volatile silicone oil and a non volatile hydrocarbonated oil
FR2960430A1 (en) Composition useful for making up or caring for the skin or the lips comprises at least one supramolecular polymer based on functionalized polyalkene, and at least one silicone compound with specific viscosity, in a physiological medium
FR2968977A1 (en) Making up and/or caring for skin and/or lips, comprises applying composition comprising supramolecular polymer and silicone compound, and iron oxide to the skin and/or lips
FR2960428A1 (en) Anhydrous composition useful for making up or caring for skin or lips comprises supramolecular polymer, organopolysiloxane elastomer and fatty phase, in a physiological medium
FR2960429A1 (en) Composition, useful e.g. for making up and/or caring for the skin, comprises, in medium, supramolecular polymer based on functionalized polyalkene and silicone filler comprising e.g. organopolysiloxane powders coated with silicone resin

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20121220

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20150707

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20160119